You are on page 1of 207

Mining and underground construction

2011 - 2012
The Euclid Chemical Company
ALPHABETICAL PRODUCT INDEX

928 Bolter 183 Eucon Sureshot 13


Accelguard NCA 121 Eucon Sureshot AF 15
Cell Flow 173 Eucon Sureshot AF 2LV 17
Concrete Blaster 167 Eucon WO (Shotcrete) 3
Dehydratine 75 169 Eucon WO (Grouting) 69
Diamond Plate Light Reflective 147 Eucon WO (Backfill and Annulus Grouting) 107
Dural Aqua-Dam 81 Eucon WO (Precast and Cast-in-Place Tunneling) 127
Dural Aqua-Fil 83 Eucoshot 19
Dural Mud Lock 109 Eucoshot B 21
Dural Pump Rinse 85 Eucoshot F 23
Duralprep AC 133 Eucoshot F Plus 25
Duraltop GEL 131 Eucoshot LR 27
Engineering Products 187 Eucoshot Supreme 29
Euco #452 135 Flex-Con 137
Euco Cable Grout PTX 63 Foam Generators 181
Euco Diamond Shot 31 Formshield PURE (Shotcrete) 49
Euco Diamond Shot SF 39 Formshield PURE (Precast and Cast-in-Place) 123
Euco DiamondShot SF 149 Ground Support 189
Euco Dust-down 163 Mearl Geofoam 174
Euco Hi-Flow Grout 73 Mearl Transport 178
Euco Iron Shot 41 Plastol 341 7
Euco Iron Top 37 Plastol 5700 115
Euco Rock (Rock Support) 57 Plastol 6200EXT (Shotcrete) 9
Euco Rock (Grouting) 65 Plastol 6200EXT (Precast and Cast-in-Place) 117
Euco THX (Rock Support) 59 Plastol Ultra 109 119
Euco THX (Grouting) 67 PSI 11050 Steel Fiber (Shotcrete) 51
Euco THX (Backfill and Annulus Grouting) 101 PSI 11050 Steel Fiber (Precast and Cast-in-Place) 141
Euco Tremie Grout 71 PSI Crimped Steel Fiber (Shotcrete) 53
Euco-speed MP 165 PSI Crimped Steel Fiber (Precast and Cast-in-Place) 143
Eucobar 125 Speedcrete Redline 129
Eucofill 30 89 Sprayers 184
Eucofill 31 91 SSB Bolter 185
Eucofill 32 93 Transmixer 186
Eucon 37 (Shotcrete) 5 Tuf-Strand SF (Shotcrete) 45
Eucon 37 (Backfill and Annulus Grouting) 103 Tuf-Strand SF (Precast and Cast-in-Place 139
Eucon 37P (Grouting) 75 Utility vehicles 188
Eucon 37P (Backfill Admixtures) 95 Vandex BB 75 151
Eucon 37P (Backfill and Annulus Grouting) 105 Vandex Cemelast 153
Eucon AWA 79 Vandex Construction Joint Tape 159
Eucon DSC 33 Vandex Flextape System 161
Eucon DSM 35 Vandex Super/ Vandex Super White 157
Eucon Easy Fill 97 Vandex Uni Mortar 1ZSR 155
Eucon MSA 43 Visctrol 11
Eucon Set Stop (Shotcrete) 47
Eucon Set Stop (Grouting) 77
Eucon Set Stop (Backfill and Annulus Grouting) 111
The Euclid Chemical Company
CATEGORY INDEX

SHOTCRETE Eucon AWA 79


Wet Dural Aqua-Dam 81
Eucon WO 3 Dural Aqua-Fil 83
Eucon 37 5 Dural Pump Rinse 85
Plastol 341 7
Plastol 6200EXT 9 Backfill and Annulus Grouting
Visctrol 11 Backfill Admixtures
Eucon Sureshot 13 Eucofill 30 89
Eucon Sureshot AF 15 Eucofill 31 91
Eucon Sureshot AF 2LV 17 Eucofill 32 93
Eucon 37P 95
Dry Eucon Easy Fill 97
Eucoshot 19
Eucoshot B 21 Geotechnical
Eucoshot F 23 Euco THX 101
Eucoshot F Plus 25 Eucon 37 103
Eucoshot LR 27 Eucon 37P 105
Eucoshot Supreme 29 Eucon WO (Geotechnical) 107
Euco Diamond Shot 31 Dural Mud Lock 109
Eucon DSC 33 Eucon Set Stop 111
Eucon DSM 35
Euco Iron Top 37 Precast and cast-in-place (tunneling)
Euco Diamond Shot SF 39
Admixtures
Plastol 5700 115
Euco Iron Shot 41
Plastol 6200EXT 117
Plastol Ultra 109 119
Other
Accelguard NCA 121
Eucon MSA 43
Formshield PURE 123
Tuf-Strand SF 45
Eucobar 125
Eucon Set Stop 47
Eucon WO 127
Formshield PURE 49
PSI 11050 Steel Fiber 51
Patching Products
PSI Crimped Steel Fiber 53
Speedcrete Redline 129
ROCK SUPPORT Duraltop GEL 131
Euco Rock 57
Euco THX 59
Bonding and Adhesives
Duralprep AC 133
GROUTING Euco #452 135
Euco Cable Grout PTX 63 Flex-Con 137
Euco Rock 65
Euco THX 67 Fibers
Eucon WO 69 Tuf-Strand SF 139
Euco Tremie Grout 71 PSI 11050 Steel Fiber 141
Euco Hi-Flow Grout 73 PSI Crimped Steel Fiber 143
Eucon 37P 75
Eucon Set Stop 77
Miscellaneous Products
Hard Surfacing
Diamond Plate Light Reflective 147
Euco DiamondShot SF 149

Waterproofing
Cementitious Slurry Coatings
Vandex BB 75 151
Vandex Cemelast 153

Cementitious Repair
Vandex Uni Mortar 1ZSR 155

Crystalline Waterproofing
Vandex Super/ Vandex Super White 157

Joint and Crack Solutions


Vandex Construction Joint Tape 159
Vandex Flextape System 161

Specialty Items
Euco Dust-down 163
Euco-speed MP 165
Concrete Blaster 167
Dehydratine 75 169

PARTNER Products
Cellular Concrete Solutions
Cell Flow 173
Mearl Geofoam 174
Mearl transport 178
Foam Generators 181

MacLean Engineering
928 Bolter 183
Sprayers 184
SSB Bolter 185
Transmixer 186
Engineering Products 187
Utility vehicles 188
Ground Support 189
shotcrete
Shotcrete

Wet
Eucon WO 3
Eucon 37 5
Plastol 341 7
Plastol 6200EXT 9
Visctrol 11
Eucon Sureshot 13
Eucon Sureshot AF 15
Eucon Sureshot AF 2LV 17

Dry
Eucoshot 19
Eucoshot B 21
Eucoshot F 23
Eucoshot F Plus 25
Eucoshot LR 27
Eucoshot Supreme 29
Euco Diamond Shot 31
Eucon DSC 33
Eucon DSM 35
Euco Iron Top 37
Euco Diamond Shot SF 39
Euco Iron Shot 41

Other
Eucon MSA 43
Tuf-Strand SF 45
Eucon Set Stop 47
Formshield PURE 49
PSI 11050 Steel Fiber 51
PSI Crimped Steel Fiber 53
EUCON WO
Set Stabilizing Admixture

Description

shotcrete
EUCON WO is a liquid chemical admixture that is effective in controlling the hydration rate of binders in wet
shotcrete mixes. EUCOSHOT S does not contain any added chloride ions and is non-corrosive. It provides
longer transport times, higher durability, and increased compressive strength at 28 days of curing. EUCON WO
also helps to keep mixers, transport equipment and pumping equipment free of cement scale buildup and can
actually reduce existing buildup.

Features/Benefits
• Superior set retardation
• Reduces possibility of binder slurry setting in transport vehicles
• Reduces need to clean mixing and transport equipment

Technical Information
Performance Data:

Eucoshot S
The following test results were achieved using typical ASTM C 494 mix design requirements, 517 lb/yd3
(307 kg/m3) cement content and similar (± 0.5)% air content. These results were obtained under laboratory
conditions with materials and mix designs meeting the specifications of ASTM C 494. Changes in materials
and mix designs can affect the dosage response of EUCON WO.

Master Format #:
03 30 00

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
3
Packaging
EUCON WO is packaged in bulk, 275 gal (1041 L) totes and 55 gal (208 L) drums and 5 gal (18.9 L pails.

Shelf Life
2 years in original, unopened container.

Dosage
EUCON WO can be used at dosage rates from 1 oz to 100 oz / 100 lbs (65 to 6,500 ml / 100 kg) of cement,
depending on the temperatures involved and the delay required for setting. Dosage is dependent on the
quantity of binder in the mix.

Directions for Use


EUCON WO is dispersed into the shotcrete mix, preferably after the cement and water have completely
mixed. EUCON WO may be used in multiple dose rates for increased performance. It is compatible with other
admixtures, however, each admixture should be added to the mix separately. EUCON WO should not be added
to the mix until the water and cement have been thoroughly mixed and hydration is started.

Precautions/Limitations
• Wear protective goggles and gloves when handling EUCON WO
• Add to mix independent of other admixtures
• Care should be taken to maintain EUCON WO above freezing; however, freezing and subsequent thawing will
not harm the material if thoroughly agitated
• Do not agitate with air
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
4
EUCON 37
High Range Water Reducer - Superplasticizer

Description

shotcrete
EUCON 37 is a high range water-reducing admixture for us in wet shotcrete applications. It may be added to the
concrete at the job site or at the ready mix concrete plant. EUCON 37 is formulated to retain plastic consistancy
for 30-60 minutes after dosing depending on the initial slumps, dosage rates, and ambient temperature. No
chlorides are used in its formulation; consequently, it is recommended for prestressed concrete. It is also
compatible with air-entraining agents, waterproofing agents, calcium chloride and many other admixtures;
however, each material should be added to the concrete separately.

Primary Applications
• Wet shotcrete applications • Flatwork and mass concrete
• High performance concrete • Minimum water content concrete
• General ready mix concrete • Low water/cement ratio concrete
• Heavily reinforced concrete • High slump, flowable concrete

Features/Benefits
• Produces low water content and low water/cement ratio concrete allowing higher strengths
• Produces flowing concrete with better than normal strengths
• Aids in concrete placement and reduces labor cost
• When used in precast work with Type I cement will produce the high early strengths

Eucon 37
Technical Information
Performance Data:
The following test results were achieved using typical ASTM C 494 mix design requirements, 517 lb/yd3
(307 kg/m3) cement content and similar (± 0.5)% air content. These results were obtained under laboratory
conditions with materials and mix designs meeting the specifications of ASTM C 494. Changes in materials and
mix designs can affect the dosage response of EUCON 37.

Master Format #:
03 3000

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
5
Packaging
EUCON 37 is packaged in bulk, 275 gal (1041 L) totes, 55 gal (208 L) drums and 5 gal (18.9 L) pails.
Shelf Life
2 years in original, unopened package.

Specifications/Compliances
• Fully complies with the requirements of ASTM C 494, Types A & F admixtures.
• Fully complies with the requirements of AASHTO M 194.
• ANSI/NSF STD 61

Directions for Use


Eucon 37 can be added to the initial batch water or directly on the freshly batched concrete and mixed for
approximately 5 minutes or 70 revolutions. However, better results have been observed batching directly
on the freshly batched concrete. It should not come into contact with dry cement or other admixtures until
mixed thoroughly with the concrete batch.
EUCON 37 is typically used at dosages of 6 to 18 oz per 100 lbs (400 to 1170 mL per 100 kg) of
cementitious material. Other dosages are acceptable with prior testing and confirmation of the desired
performance with specific materials being used.
For any concrete application including Self-Consolidating Concrete (SCC), the dosage of EUCON 37
will vary depending on the mix design, local materials, and individual needs of the concrete producer.
Trial mixes should be run to verify plastic and hardened performance with local materials. If the material
gradations are not optimum for SCC, a viscosity modifier may be used to improve the quality of the mix.
Please consult a local Euclid Chemical Sales Professional for trial mixtures and dosage recommendations.
EUCON 37 is compatible with most admixtures including air-entraining agents, accelerators, most water-
reducers, retarders, shrinkage reducers, corrosion inhibitors, viscosity modifiers, and microsilica; however,
each material should be added to the concrete separately. Please contact a Euclid Sales Professional for
any compatibility issues.

Figure 1:Recommended Dosage of Eucon 37 to achieve flowable concrete (7 - 9”/ 180-230 mm slump)
Initial Slump, inches (mm) Dosage Range of Eucon 37, oz/cwt (mL/100 kg)
4 (100) 8 - 10 (520 - 650)
3 (75) 10 - 12 (650 - 780)
2 1/2 (65) 12 - 14 (780 - 910)
2 (50) 14 - 16 (910 - 1040)
1 1/2 (40) 16 - 18 (1040 - 1170)

Placement
Concrete treated with EUCON 37 may be placed in the same fashion as conventional concrete.
Formwork
Forms for walls or narrow sections must be watertight, strong and have good bracing. During the “flowing
period”, when the concrete is at a slump of 7” to 9” (180-230 mm), the concrete will exert a higher pressure at
the base of the form than conventional concrete. Formwork for slabs is the same as for conventional concrete.

Precautions / Limitations
• Care should be taken to maintain EUCON 37 above freezing; however, freezing and subsequent thawing will
not harm the material if thoroughly agitated. Never agitate with air or an air lance.
• Keep concrete from freezing until a minimum strength of 1000 psi (7 MPa) is reached.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
6
PLASTOL 341
Mid-Range/High Range - Water Reducing Admixture

Description

shotcrete
PLASTOL 341 is a polycarboxylate based plasticizing admixture for concrete and wet shotcrete applications.
Plastol 341 is a mid-range/high-range water reducing and plasticizing admixture for concrete. Plastol 341 shows
improved finishing characteristics when compared to other commonly used Type A (typically 5 to 6% water
reduction) or Type F (typically 12 to 15% water reduction) admixtures. This mid-range approach to water reducing
admixtures allows for a wide range of usable dosage rates for a broad application spectrum. PLASTOL 341 does not
contain calcium chloride.

Primary Applications
• Wet Shotcrete applications • Cast in place
• Ready mix concrete • Self-consolidating concrete
• Precast concrete • Concrete mixtures utilizing Fly Ash, Slag or other
natural pozzolans

Features/Benefits
Plastic Concrete Hardened Concrete
• Improves finishability • Increases early and late age strengths
• Improves workability • Reduces permeability
• Reduces water requirement • Increases durability
• Improves setting times

PLASTOL 341
Technical Information
The following test results were achieved using typical ASTM C 494 mix design requirements, 517 lb/yd3
(307 kg/m3) cement content and similar (± 0.5)% air content.
These results were obtained under laboratory conditions with materials and mix designs meeting the specifications
of ASTM C 494. Changes in materials and mix designs can affect the dosage response of PLASTOL 341.

Master Format #:
03 3000

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
7
Packaging
PLASTOL 341 is packaged in bulk, 275 gal (1041 L) totes, 55 gal (208 L) drums, and 5 gal (18.9 L) pails.

Shelf Life
2 years in original, unopened container.

Specifications/Compliances
PLASTOL 341 meets or exceeds the requirements of:
• ASTM C 494, Type A and Type F
• AASHTO M 194
• ANSI/NSF STD 61 registered

Directions for Use


PLASTOl 341 is typically used at dosages of 2 to 10 oz per 100 lbs (130 to 650 mL per 100 kg) of cementitious
material. Dosage recommendations depend on the characteristics of the materials being used in the mix design.
Higher dosages are acceptable with prior testing and confirmation of the desired performance with specific
materials being used.
PLASTOL 341 should be added to the initial batch water when possible. It should not come in contact with dry
cement or other admixtures until mixed thoroughly with the concrete batch.
Field testing is strongly recommended to optimize dose range and performance expectations with local materials.
Plastol 341 is compatible with most admixtures including air-entraining agents, accelerators, most water-
reducers, retarders, shrinkage reducers, corrosion inhibitors, viscosity modifiers, and microsilica; however,
each material should be added to the concrete separately. Please contact a Euclid Sales Professional for
any compatibility issues.

Precautions/Limitations
• Care should be taken to maintain PLASTOL 341 above freezing.
• Never agitate with air.
• Add to concrete mix independent of other admixtures.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
8
Plastol 6200EXT
Extended Workability High-Range Water-Reducing Admixture

Description

Shotcrete
Plastol 6200EXT high-range water-reducing admixture is formulated using advanced polycarboxylate
technology, specifically engineered for wet-mix shotcrete and concrete to provide extended workability retention
minimizing the need for jobsite slump adjustments while maintaining consistent air contents from batching to
placing of concrete. In addition, Plastol 6200EXT maintains the typical benefits of polycarboxylate technology
of high compressive strengths, flexural strength, and excellent setting characteristics. Plastol 6200EXT does not
contain added chlorides or chemicals known to promote the corrosion of steel.

Primary Applications
• Wet-mix shotcrete • High-performance concrete
• Ready-mix concrete with maximum water • Precast/pre-stressed concrete
reduction requirements • Flatwork and mass concrete
• Self-Consolidating Concrete (SCC) • Pervious concrete
• Low w/c concrete
Features/Benefits
• Provides exceptional workability • Lowers number of rejected concrete loads
• Consistent control of air content • Aids in concrete placement and reduces labor
• Higher early and ultimate strengths cost
• Reduces or eliminates job-site addition of HRWR

Plastol 6200EXT
Technical Information
Performance Data:
The following test results were achieved using typical ASTM C 494 mix design requirements, 517 lb/yd3
(307 kg/m3) cement content and similar (± 0.5)% air content. These results were obtained under laboratory
conditions with materials and mix designs meeting the specifications of ASTM C 494. Changes in materials and
mix designs can affect the dosage response of PLASTOL 6200EXT.

Master Format #:
03 3000

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
9
Packaging
Plastol 6200EXT is available in bulk, 275 gal (1041L) totes, 55 gal (208 L) drums, and 5 gal (18.9 L) pails.
Shelf Life
6 months in original, unopened container. The shelf life of Plastol 6200EXT can be longer depending on
how the product is stored. The product can last longer if it is re-circulated. Please consult a Euclid Sales
Professional before using.
Specifications/Compliances
Plastol 6200EXT admixture currently meets the requirements of ASTM C494/C494M and AASHTO
M-194 as a Type A & F admixture.

Directions for Use


Plastol 6200EXT can be added to the initial batch water or directly on the freshly batched concrete and mixed
for approximately 5 minutes or 70 revolutions. However, better results have been observed batching directly
on the freshly batched concrete. It should not come into contact with dry cement or other admixtures until
mixed thoroughly with the concrete batch.
Plastol 6200EXT is typically used at dosages of 3 to 12 oz per 100 lbs (200 to 780 mL per 100 kg) of cementitious
material. Other dosages are acceptable with prior testing and confirmation of the desired performance with
specific materials being used.
For any concrete application including Self-Consolidating Concrete (SCC), the dosage of Plastol 6200EXT will
Dosage Rates
vary depending on the mix design, local materials, and individual needs of the concrete producer. Trial mixes
should be run to verify plastic and hardened performance with local materials. If the material gradations are
not optimum for SCC, a viscosity modifier may be used to improve the quality of the mix. Please consult a local
Euclid Chemical Sales Professional for trial mixtures and dosage recommendations.
Plastol 6200EXT is compatible with most admixtures including air-entraining agents, accelerators, most water-
reducers, retarders, shrinkage reducers, corrosion inhibitors, viscosity modifiers, and microsilica; however, each
material should be added to the concrete separately.
Please contact a Euclid Sales Professional for any compatibility issues.

Precautions / Limitations
• Care should be taken to maintain Plastol 6200EXT above freezing; however, freezing and subsequent thawing
will not harm the material if thoroughly agitated. Never agitate with air or an air lance.
• Keep concrete from freezing until a minimum strength of 1000 psi (7 MPa) is reached.
• If re-dosing Plasttol 6200EXT at the jobsite, it is recommended that the air content is checked to conform to
job specifications.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
10
VISCTROL
Viscosity Modifying Admixture

Description

shotcrete
VISCTROL is a ready to use liquid admixture designed to modify the viscosity of self consolidating
concrete. When VISCTROL is used in conjunction with superplasticizing admixtures, 18" to 28" (460 to 710 mm)
diameter spreads are achieved without segregation or lowering compressive strengths.

Primary Applications
• Self consolidating concrete

Features/Benefits
• Greatly reduces or eliminates bleeding or segregation
• Evenly disperses aggregates within mix
• Eliminates need for vibration
• Provides superior slump retention
• Eliminates segregation during pumping
• Easily metered with admixture dispensing equipment

Technical Information
Appearance: VISCTROL is a medium viscosity, dark brown liquid which will not discolor concrete.

Packaging

Visctrol
VISCTROL is packaged in 275 gal (1041 L) totes, 55 gal(208 L) drums and 5 gal (18.9 L) pails.

Shelf Life
6 months in original, unopened container

Directions For Use


Batching Sequence: The batching sequence in a SCC system is critical to optimize performance of each
admixture introduced. Laboratory data has shown the following order of addition to be effective:
1. Air Entraining Agent (optional)
2. Water Reducers
3. Accelerator or Retarder (optional)
4. VISCTROL
5. HRWR added at the end of the batching sequence

Master Format #:
Note: VISCTROL can be added at the end of the batching sequence on a limited basis to correct a slight
bleeding or segregation problem.
03 3000

Dosages of VISCTROL will vary widely depending on w/c ratio and the gradation of the materials used. Consult
your Euclid Chemical representitive for appropriate dosing suggestions. Typically, 1 to 12 oz/yd³ (39 to 470
mL/m³) should be used to control bleeding and segregation in SCC when polycarboxylate HRWR are used.
Variables such as water/cement ratio, sand gradations and mix design play an important role. Trial mixes should
be run to optimize dosing requirements. With higher water/cement ratios, lower total fines in SCC mixes, and
use of napthalene based HRWR, dosages of VISCTROL could be as high as 20 oz/yd3 (775 mL/m3).

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
11
Precautions/Limitations
• Agitate VISCTROL before use.
• Do not allow material to freeze.
• Air entraining agents must be added first, insuring adequate air void system when air is required.
• If slump increase is desired, the HRWR must be added after the addition of VISCTROL to insure an adequate
air void system.
• Set retardation may occur with the use of this product when dosages exceed 15 oz/yd3 (576 mL/m3).
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
12
EUCON SURESHOT
High Performance Shotcrete Coagulent

Description

shotcrete
EUCON SURESHOT is a liquid, high performance accelerator specifically engineered to give high early and
ultimate compressive strengths in shotcrete applications. EUCON SURESHOT can be adjusted to give the
optimum setting characteristics in different environments.

Primary Applications
• Tunnel applications
• Mining applications
• Ground and slope stabilization

Features/Benefits
• Quicker setting characteristics
• Powerful enough for multiple, thick sprayed linings
• Effective at low doses
• Improves early strength to achieve structural values rapidly
• Reduce rebound, especially when shooting oevrhead

Technical Information

Eucon Sureshot
Physical Data
Color Clear
Specific Gravity 1.34
pH <11.5
Solubility in water 100%
Chloride content < 0.1%

Performance Characteristics
Accelerator Dosage Initial Set Final Set 24 Hr Strength
6% 5 min 15 - 20 min 7 - 9 MPa 1025 - 1310 psi
4% 9 min 20 - 30 min 5 - 7 MPa 730 - 1025 psi
3% >20 min >45 min <5 MPa <730 psi
Master Format #:
03 30 00

Packaging
EUCON SURESHOT is available in 275 gal (1041 L) totes and 55 gal (208 L) drums.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
13
Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened package.

Dosage
EUCON SURESHOT is used at dosage rates ranging from 3% to 8% by weight of cement. Dosages will
vary depending on desired effect, ambient conditions and mix used. Overdosing (>8%) may lower ultimate
compressive strengths.

Directions for Use


EUCON SURESHOT is added through the shotcrete nozzle. For best results The Euclid Chemical Company
recommends dosing EUCON SURESHOT using either a progressive cavity or perristaltic pump. Ensure that
pump and lines are cleaned thoroughly with a vinegar-water solution before using the same pump for dosing
an alkali-free accelerator.
After using EUCON SURESHOT, clean equipment thoroughly with water. Failure to do so could cause pump
blockage and/or breakdown.

Precautions/Limitations
• EUCON SURESHOT should be stored above 40oF (4oC) and below 85oF (29oC).
• Do not use EUCON SURESHOT with any other manufacturer’s accelerator.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
14
EUCON SURESHOT AF
High Performance Alkali-free Shotcrete Accelerator

Description

shotcrete
EUCON SURESHOT AF is a liquid, high performance accelerator specifically engineered to give high early and
ultimate compressive strengths in shotcrete applications. EUCON SURESHOT AF can be adjusted to give the
optimum setting characteristics in different environments.

Primary Applications
• Tunnel applications
• Mining applications
• Ground and slope stabilization

Features/Benefits
• Quick setting characteristics
• Powerful enough for multiple, thick sprayed linings
• Effective at low doses
• Improves early strength to achieve structural values rapidly

Eucon Sureshot AF
Technical Information

Physical Data
Color Beige
Specific Gravity 1.43
pH (1:1 water sol.) 2.2 - 2.7
Thermal stability 40 - 85°F (4 - 29°C)
Chloride content < 0.1%

Performance Characteristics

Accelerator Dosage Initial Set Final Set 24 Hr Strength

Master Format #:
6% 2 min 6 - 8 min 18 - 20 MPa 2600 - 2900 psi
4% 5 min 8 - 12 min 12 - 15 MPa 1750 - 2175 psi
03 30 00

3% >10 min >15 min <10 MPa <1450 psi

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
15
Packaging
EUCON SURESHOT AF liquid is available in 275 gal (1041 L) totes and 55 gal (208 L) drums.

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened container.

Dosage
EUCON SURESHOT AF is generally dosed at rates ranging from 2.5% to 8% by weight of cement. Dosages will
vary depending on desired acceleration, ambient conditions and cement used. Use of alkali-free accelerators
to attain very early initial set times will cause lower 28 day strengths to occur. For this reason, it is important to
determine the lowest practical dose rate to attain desired acceleration.

Directions for Use


EUCON SURESHOT AF is added through the shotcrete nozzle.
For best results The Euclid chemical company recommends dosing EUCON SURESHOT AF using a peristaltic
or progressive cavity type pump. Do not use diaphragm, piston, ball and seat valve pumps, pressure tanks or
gear pumps.
After using EUCON SURESHOT AF, clean equipment thoroughly with water. Failure to do so could cause pump
blockage and/or breakdown.

Precautions/Limitations
• EUCON SURESHOT AF should be stored above 40oF (4oC) and below 85oF (29oC). Freezing and subsequent
thawing will not negatively affect product performance.
• Store EUCON SURESHOT AF in plastic or stainless steel tanks that are sealed to avoid contact between air
and the accelerator. DO NOT STORE IN MILD STEEL CONTAINERS.
• Mechanically re-circulate product before using and periodically when left in storage for extended periods.
• Do not use a filter on the suction hose of the pump, as it may cause obstructions.
• Do not use EUCON SURESHOT AF with any other manufacturer’s accelerator.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
16
EUCON SURESHOT AF2-LV
High Performance Alkali-Free Shotcrete Accelerator

Description

shotcrete
EUCON SURESHOT AF2-LV is a liquid, high performance accelerator specifically engineered to give high early and
ultimate compressive strengths in shotcrete applications. EUCON SURESHOT AF2-LV can be adjusted to give
the optimum setting characteristics in different environments. Due to it’s properties, EUCON SURESHOT AF2-LV
does not segregate and integrates more easily into the shotcrete stream.

Primary Applications
• Tunnel applications
• Mining applications
• Ground and slope stabilization

Features/Benefits
• Quick setting characteristics
• Powerful enough for multiple, thick sprayed linings
• Improves early strength to achieve structural values rapidly

Eucon Sureshot AF2-LV


Technical Information

Physical Data
Color Clear to Opaque Brown
Specific Gravity 1.32
pH (1:1 water sol.) 2.2 - 2.7
Thermal stability 40 - 85°F (4 - 29°C)
Chloride content < 0.1%

Performance Characteristics
Initial Set Final Set 24 Hr Strength

3 min 8-12 min 18-20 MPa 2600 - 2900 psi

Master Format #:
7 min 12-17 min 12-15 MPa 1750 - 2175 psi
>14 min >22 min <10 MPa <1450 psi
03 30 00

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
17
Packaging
EUCON SURESHOT AF2-LV liquid is available in 275 gal (1041 L) totes, 55 gal (208 L) drums and bulk.

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened container.

Dosage
EUCON SURESHOT AF2-LV is generally dosed at rates ranging from 5% to 12% by weight of cement. Dosages
will vary depending on desired acceleration, ambient conditions and cement used. Overdosing (> 15%) may
lower ultimate compressive strengths.

Directions for Use


EUCON SURESHOT AF2-LV is added through the shotcrete nozzle. For best results The Euclid chemical
company recommends dosing EUCON SURESHOT AF2-LV using a peristaltic type pump or rotor-stator
pump. Do not use diaphragm, piston, ball and seat valve pumps, pressure tanks or gear pumps.
After using EUCON SURESHOT AF2-LV, clean equipment thoroughly with water. Failure to do so could cause
pump blockage and/or breakdown.

Precautions/Limitations
• EUCON SURESHOT AF2-LV should be stored above 40oF (4oC) and below 85oF (29oC).
• Store EUCON SURESHOT AF2-LV in plastic or stainless steel tanks only.
• Do not use EUCON SURESHOT AF2-LV with any other manufacturer’s accelerator.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
18
EUCOSHOT
Silica Fume Modified Shotcrete Mix

Description

shotcrete
EUCOSHOT is a microsilica modified, one component, shotcrete material. This cement based, modified mortar
is designed for use on vertical and overhead surfaces by dry-mix shotcrete (gunite) application or by mixing
with water and applying as a wet-mix shotcrete. EUCOSHOT is specially formulated for interior or exterior uses.

Primary Applications
• Shotcrete projects • Bridge structures • Retaining walls • Piers/docks
• Parking decks • Marine environments • Dams • Tunnels
• Mining applications

Features/Benefits
• One component material-ready to use with only the • Compatible with galvanic anodes
addition of water • Excellent freeze/thaw resistance
• Helps protect rebar and welded wire mesh from • Low shrinkage properties
corrosion • High abrasion resistance
• Low chloride salt permeability Can contribute to LEED points.

Technical Information

Typical Engineering Data

EUCOSHOT
Length Change* ASTM C 157, 50% R.H.
The following results were developed under 2 days........................................................-0.003%
laboratory conditions. 7 days........................................................-0.003%
Compressive Strength * 14 days......................................................-0.007%
ASTM C 109 2" (50 mm) Cubes 21 days......................................................-0.025%
1 day..........................................3,500 psi (24 MPa) 28 days......................................................-0.033%
3 days........................................5,000 psi (34 MPa) Rapid Chloride Permeability ASTM C 1202*
7 days........................................7,000 psi (48 MPa) 7 days...........................................4,000 coulombs
28 days......................................9,500 psi (65 MPa) 14 days.........................................1,600 coulombs
Flexural Strength* ASTM C 348 (modified) 21 days............................................975 coulombs
1 day............................................550 psi (3.8 MPa) 28 days............................................575 coulombs
7 days..........................................775 psi (5.3 MPa) Freeze/Thaw Resistance*
28 days.....................................1,100 psi (7.6 MPa) ASTM C 666 Procedure A
Shear Bond Strength ASTM C 882 (modified) 300 cycles...........................................>98% RDM
3 days........................................2,000 psi (14 MPa) Scaling Resistance ASTM C 672 (Visual rating)
7 days........................................2,500 psi (17 MPa) 10 cycles.............................................................. 0
4 days........................................2,800 psi (19 MPa) 20 cycles.............................................................. 0

Master Format #:
28 days......................................3,000 psi (21 MPa) 30 cycles.............................................................. 0
Direct Tensile Bond (Germann Test) 50 cycles.............................................................. 0
03 37 13

14 days........................................350 psi (2.4 MPa)


28 days........................................425 psi (2.9 MPa) Volumetric Resistivity.................11,490 ohm/cm

Appearance: EUCOSHOT is a free flowing powder as packaged. After application, the color may appear darker
than the surrounding concrete. Note: Color may lighten as the EUCOSHOT cures and dries out. The final finish
appearance can be any texture consistent with that expected from sprayed concrete.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
19
Packaging/yield
EUCOSHOT is packaged in 50 lb (22.7 kg) moisture resistant bags, 2200 lb (1000 kg) and 3,300 lb (1,500 kg)
bulk bags. Yield will vary according to the amount of water added during the shotcreting operation. Approximate
yield is 0.42 ft3 (0.012 m3) per 50 lb bag when mixed with 3 quarts (2.8 L) of water.
Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened package.
Directions for Use
Surface Preparation: The concrete must be clean and rough. All oil, dirt, debris, paint and unsound concrete
must be removed. The surface must be prepared mechanically to achieve a surface profile similar to CSP 7
or greater in accordance with ICRI Guideline 310.2 and expose the coarse aggregate of the concrete. The final
step in cleaning should be the complete removal of all residue by pressure washing.
Exposed Reinforcement Steel: Remove all loose rust and scaling, preferably by sandblasting to white metal
prior to application.
Bonding: No bond coat should be used for this product.
Mixing Dry Shotcrete/Gunite: Set up dry process equipment in an area convenient to the placement site.
Pre-dampening is recommended prior to adding material to gun. Gauge water at the nozzle and adjust to the
desired consistency.
Placing Dry Shotcrete/Gunite: In general, EUCOSHOT should be applied in accordance with the
recommendations of ACI 506R “Guide to Shotcrete”. Pay special attention to the angle of the application (i.e.
90o) and distance from the substrate, normally 2 ft (0.6 m) to 6 ft (1.8 m). Typical application depths range from
1/2" to 6" (12 to 150 mm). If placement at a depth greater than 6" (150 mm) is required, cross hatch the surface
of the initial layer. After the surface has sufficiently hardened additional layers may be placed.
Mixing Wet Shotcrete: Add EUCOSHOT to water in the mixer drum [35 gal (130 L) of water per 3,300 lb (1500
kg)] bag of EUCOSHOT. Mix for 2 minutes and add remaining water up to 15 gal (60 L). eucoN 37 can be used
to reduce the amount of water required.
Placing Wet Shotcrete: In general, EUCOSHOT should be applied in accordance with the recommendation of
ACI 506R “Guide to Shotcrete’.
Finishing: A natural gun finish is preferred; however, conventional finishing methods such as screeding,
troweling, or brooming are acceptable. Do not add additional water to surface for finishing. If a finishing aid is
desired, use EUCOBAR. Note: Over-finishing can cause debonding.
Curing and Sealing: Proper curing procedures are important to ensure the durability and quality of the repair.
To prevent surface cracking, cure with water spray or a high solids curing compound, such as KUREZ W VOX
or KUREZ DR VOX.

clean-up
Clean tools and equipment with water before the material hardens.

Precautions/Limitations
• Do not allow applied shotcrete to freeze until the material has reached a minimum of 1000 psi (7 MPa)
compressive strength.
• In adverse temperatures, follow ACI recommendations for hot/cold weather concreting practices.
• Use only potable water at the nozzle.
• Minimum application thickness is 1/2" (13 mm).
• Minimum surface and ambient temperatures are 40°F (5°C) and rising at the time of application.
• For optimum results, condition material to 65°F to 85°F (18°C to 29°C).
• Store product in a dry place.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
20
EUCOSHOT B
Shotcrete Binder Mix

Description

shotcrete
EUCOSHOT B is a shotcrete binder mix to use with site-available aggregates for either wet-mix or dry-mix
shotcreting. This is a cement-based mix with high-early strength properties and also contains the optimum
amount of silica fume. This binder mix is custom tailored with powdered admixtures to make your mix behave
as required. We can supply this mix with air entrainment, superplasticizing properties, and set stabilization
properties. We can even add a fast accelerator when the materials are to be shot as a dry-mix.
Primary Applications
• Gunite projects • Tunnels
• Utility structures • Mining applications
• Remote Access Sites
Features/Benefits
• Complete binder mix for use on projects that have available shotcrete aggregates.
• Helps protect rebar and welded wire mesh from corrosion
• Low chloride salt permeability
• Excellent freeze/thaw resistance
• Sulfate resistant
• Low shrinkage properties
Technical Information
Direct Tensile Bond (Germann Test)
Typical Engineering Data Typical engineering data

EUCOSHOT B
under laboratory conditions when used at 23% with ACI
14 days 350 psi (2.4 MPa)
Gradation #1 aggregate; actual field results may vary. 28 days 425 psi (2.9 MPa)
Compressive Strength Length Change ASTM C 157, 50% R.H.
ASTM C 109 (2” 50 mm) Cubes 2 days -0.003%
1 day 3500 psi (24 MPa) 7 days -0.003%
3 days 5000 psi (34 MPa) 4 days -0.007%
7 days 7000 psi (48 MPa) 21 days -0.025%
28 days 9500 psi (65 MPa) 28 days -0.033%
Flexural Strength Rapid Chloride Permeability ASTM C 1202
ASTM C 348 (modified) 7 days 4,000 coulombs
1 day 550 psi (3.8 MPa) 14 days 1600 coulombs
7 days 775 psi (5.3 MPa) 21 days 975 coulombs
28 days 1100 psi (7.6 MPa) 28 days 575 coulombs

Master Format #:
Shear Bond Strength Freeze/Thaw Resistance ASTM C 666 Procedure A
ASTM C 882 (modified) 300 cycles >98% RDM
03 30 00

3 days 2000 psi (14 MPa) Scaling Resistance ASTM C 672

7 days 2500 psi (17 MPa) 10 cycles 0

14 days 2800 psi (19 MPa) 20 cycles 0


30 cycles 0
28 days 3000 psi (21 MPa)
50 cycles 0
Appearance EUCOSHOT B is a free flowing powder as packaged.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
21
Packaging
EUCOSHOT B is packaged in 3,300 lb (1500 kg) bulk bags. Yield will vary according to the amount of aggregate
and water added during the shotcreting operation.

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened package.

Directions for Use


Mixing:
Dry Shotcrete/Gunite: Thoroughly mix EUCOSHOT B Accelrated with site available aggregates before loading
into gun. Aggregates should conform to ACI gradations for best results.

Wet Shotcrete/Gunite: EUCOSHOT B should be added to the mixer after the aggregate. Aggregates should
conform to ACI gradations for best results. For pumping distances over 50 ft (15m), EUCOSHOT SP can be
used to increase pumpability.

Precautions/Limitations
• For optimum results, condition material to 65 to 85oF (18 to 29oC).
• Store product in a dry place.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
22
EUCOSHOT F
Silica Fume, Modified Shotcrete With Micro Fibers

Description

shotcrete
EUCOSHOT F is a microsilica modified, one component, shotcrete material that incorporates a 1/2” (13 mm)
polypropylene micro-fiber. This cement based, modified mortar is designed for use on vertical and overhead
surfaces by dry shotcrete (gunite) application or by mixing with water and applying as a wet-mix shotcrete.
EUCOSHOT F is specially formulated for interior or exterior uses.

Primary Applications
• Gunite projects
• Utility structures
• Tunnels
• Mining applications
Features/Benefits
• One component material-ready to use with only the • Excellent freeze/thaw resistance
addition of water • Sulfate resistant
• Helps protect rebar and welded wire mesh from • Low shrinkage properties
corrosion • High abrasion resistance
• Low chloride salt permeability
Technical Information
Typical Engineering Data Direct Tensile Bond (Germann Test)
The following results were developed

Eucoshot F
under laboratory conditions. 14 days 350 psi (2.4 MPa)
Compressive Strength 28 days 425 psi (2.9 MPa)
ASTM C 109 2” (50 mm) Cubes Length Change ASTM C 157, 50% R.H.
1 day 3,500 psi (24 MPa) 2 days -0.003%
3 days 5,000 psi (34 MPa) 7 days -0.003%
7 days 7,000 psi (48 MPa) 14 days -0.007%
28 days 9,500 psi (65 MPa) 21 days -0.025%
Flexural Strength ASTM C 348 (modified) 28 days -0.033%
1 day 550 psI (3.8 MPa) Rapid Chloride Permeability ASTM C 1202
7 days 775 psi (5.3 MPa) 7 days 4,000 coulombs
28 days 1,100 psi (7.6 MPa) 14 days 1,600 coulombs
Shear Bond Strength ASTM C 882 (modified) 21 days 975 coulombs
3 days 2,000 psi (14 MPa) 28 days 575 coulombs

Master Format #:
7 days 2,500 psi (17 MPa) Freeze/Thaw Resistance
4 days 2,800 psi (19 MPa) ASTM C 666 Procedure A
03 30 00

28 days 3,000 psi (21 MPa) 300 cycles >98% RDM


Scaling Resistance ASTM C 672 (Visual Rating)
Appearance:
10 cycles 0
EUCOSHOT F is a free flowing powder as packaged.
20 cycles 0
The final finish appearance can be any texture
consistent with that expected from sprayed concrete. 30 cycles 0
50 cycles 0

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
23
Packaging
EUCOSHOT F is packaged in 50 lb (22.7 kg) moisture resistant bags, 2200 lb (1000 kg) spout-bottom bags and
is 3,300 lb (1,500 kg) bulk bags. Yield will vary according to the amount of water added during the shotcreting
operation. Approximate yield is 0.42 ft3 (0.012 m3) per 50 lbs bag when mixed with 3 quarts (2.8 L) of water.

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened package.

Directions for Use


Dry Shotcrete/Gunite: Set up dry process equipment in an area convenient to the placement site. Add
EUCOSHOT F powder directly to the gun. If dusting is objectionable, material may be pre-dampened prior to
adding to gun. Gauge water at the nozzle and adjust to the desired consistency.
Placing:
Dry Shotcrete/Gunite: In general EUCOSHOT F should be applied in accordance with the recommendations of
ACI 506R “Guide to Shotcrete”. Pay special attention to the angle of the application (i.e. 90o) and distance from
the substrate, normally 2 ft (0.6 m) to 6 ft (1.8 m). Typical application depths range from 1/2” to 6” (12 to 150
mm). If placement at a depth greater than 6” (150 mm) is required, cross hatch the surface of the initial layer.
After the surface has sufficiently hardened additional layers may be placed.
Mixing Wet Shotcrete:
Add EUCOSHOT F to water in the mixer drum (35 gallons [130 L] of water per 3,300lb [1,500kg] bulk bag of
EUCOSHOT F), mix for 2 minutes and add remaining water (up to 15 gal [60 L]). EUCON 37 can be used to
reduce the amount of water required.
Placing-Wet Shotcrete:
In general EUCOSHOT F should be applied in accordance with the recommendations of ACI 506R “Guide to
Shotcrete”.

Precautions/Limitations
• Do not allow applied shotcrete to freeze until the material has reached a minimum of 500 psi (3.5 MPa)
compressive strength.
• In adverse temperatures, follow ACI recommendations for hot/cold weather concreting practices.
• Use only potable water at the nozzle.
• Minimum application thickness is 1/2” (13 mm).
• Minimum surface and ambient temperatures are 40oF (5oC) and rising at the time of application.
• For optimum results, condition material to 65 to 85oF (18 to 29oC).
• Store product in a dry place.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Additional Information
For more information on the use of EUCOSHOT F, or any other Euclid Chemical product, contact The Euclid
Chemical Company Mining and Tunneling Division at 1-800-321-7628.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
24
EUCOSHOT F PLUS
Silica Fume, Modified Shotcrete With Micro Fibers

Description

shotcrete
Eucoshot F Plus is a microsilica modified, one component, shotcrete material that incorporates a 1/2” (13 mm)
polypropylene micro-fiber and a corrosion inhibitor. This cement based, modified mortar is designed for use on
vertical and overhead surfaces by dry shotcrete (gunite) application or by mixing with water and applying as a
wet-mix shotcrete. EUCOSHOT F Plus is specially formulated for interior or exterior uses.

Primary Applications
• Gunite projects
• Utility structures
• Tunnels
• Mining applications
Features/Benefits
• One component material-ready to use with only the • Excellent freeze/thaw resistance
addition of water • Sulfate resistant
• Helps protect rebar and welded wire mesh from • Low shrinkage properties
corrosion • High abrasion resistance
• Low chloride salt permeability
Technical Information

Eucoshot F Plus
Typical Engineering Data Direct Tensile Bond (Germann Test)
The following results were developed under
laboratory conditions; actual filed results will vary. 14 days 350 psi (2.4 MPa)
Compressive Strength 28 days 425 psi (2.9 MPa)
ASTM C 109 2” (50 mm) Cubes Length Change ASTM C 157, 50% R.H.
1 day 3,500 psi (24 MPa) 2 days -0.003%
3 days 5,000 psi (34 MPa) 7 days -0.003%
7 days 7,000 psi (48 MPa) 14 days -0.007%
28 days 9,500 psi (65 MPa) 21 days -0.025%
Flexural Strength ASTM C 348 (modified) 28 days -0.033%
1 day 550 psI (3.8 MPa) Rapid Chloride Permeability ASTM C 1202
7 days 775 psi (5.3 MPa) 7 days 4,000 coulombs
28 days 1,100 psi (7.6 MPa) 14 days 1,600 coulombs
Shear Bond Strength ASTM C 882 (modified) 21 days 975 coulombs
3 days 2,000 psi (14 MPa) 28 days 575 coulombs

Master Format #:
7 days 2,500 psi (17 MPa) Freeze/Thaw Resistance
4 days 2,800 psi (19 MPa) ASTM C 666 Procedure A
03 30 00

28 days 3,000 psi (21 MPa) 300 cycles >98% RDM


Scaling Resistance ASTM C 672 (Visual Rating)
Appearance:
10 cycles 0
EUCOSHOT F is a free flowing powder as packaged.
20 cycles 0
The final finish appearance can be any texture
consistent with that expected from sprayed concrete. 30 cycles 0
50 cycles 0

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
25
Packaging
EUCOSHOT F Plus is packaged in 50 lb (22.7 kg) moisture resistant bags, 2200lb (1000 kg) spout-bottom bags
and 3,300 lb (1,500 kg) bulk bags. Yield will vary according to the amount of water added during the shotcreting
operation. Approximate yield is 0.42 ft3 (0.012 m3) per 50 lbs bag when mixed with 3 quarts (2.8 L) of water.

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened package.

Directions for Use


Dry Shotcrete/Gunite: Set up dry process equipment in an area convenient to the placement site. Add
EUCOSHOT F Plus powder directly to the gun. If dusting is objectionable, material may be pre-dampened prior
to adding to gun. Gauge water at the nozzle and adjust to the desired consistency.
Placing:
Dry Shotcrete/Gunite: In general EUCOSHOT F Plus should be applied in accordance with the recommendations
of ACI 506R “Guide to Shotcrete”. Pay special attention to the angle of the application (i.e. 90o) and distance
from the substrate, normally 2 ft (0.6 m) to 6 ft (1.8 m). Typical application depths range from 1/2” to 6” (12 to
150 mm). If placement at a depth greater than 6” (150 mm) is required, cross hatch the surface of the initial layer.
After the surface has sufficiently hardened additional layers may be placed.
Mixing Wet Shotcrete:
Add EUCOSHOT F Plus to water in the mixer drum (35 gallons [130 L] of water per 3,300lb [1,500kg] bulk bag of
EUCOSHOT F Plus), mix for 2 minutes and add remaining water (up to 15 gal [60 L]). EUCON 37 can be used
to reduce the amount of water required.
Placing-Wet Shotcrete:
In general EUCOSHOT F Plus should be applied in accordance with the recommendations of ACI 506R “Guide
to Shotcrete”.

Precautions/Limitations
• Do not allow applied shotcrete to freeze until the material has reached a minimum of 500 psi (3.5 MPa)
compressive strength.
• In adverse temperatures, follow ACI recommendations for hot/cold weather concreting practices.
• Use only potable water at the nozzle.
• Minimum application thickness is 1/2” (13 mm).
• Minimum surface and ambient temperatures are 40oF (5oC) and rising at the time of application.
• For optimum results, condition material to 65 to 85oF (18 to 29oC).
• Store product in a dry place.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Additional Information
For more information on the use of EUCOSHOT F Plus, or any other Euclid Chemical product, contact The
Euclid Chemical Company Mining and Tunneling Division at 1-800-321-7628.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
26
EUCOSHOT LR
Shotcrete Mix

Description

shotcrete
EUCOSHOT LR is a one component, shotcrete material. This cement based, modified mortar is designed for use
on vertical and overhead surfaces by dry-mix shotcrete (gunite) application or by mixing with water and applying
as a wet-mix shotcrete. EUCOSHOT LR is specially formulated for interior or exterior uses.

Primary Applications
• Gunite projects • Tunnels
• Utility structures • Mining applications
• Rehabilitation and repair work
Features/Benefits
• One component material-ready to use with only the • Lower resistivity formula for induced current
addition of water. applications
• Low shrinkage properties • High abrasion resistance
Technical Information
Typical Engineering Data Direct Tensile Bond (Germann Test)
The following results were developed 14 days 350 psi (2.4 MPa)
under laboratory conditions.
28 days 425 psi (2.9 MPa)
Compressive Strength
Length Change ASTM C 157, 50% R.H.
ASTM C 109 2” (50 mm) Cubes
2 days -0.003%

Eucoshot LR
1 day 3,000 psi (21 MPa)
7 days -0.003%
3 days 4,400 psi (30 MPa)
14 days -0.007%
7 days 6,000 psi (41 MPa)
21 days -0.025%
28 days 8,200 psi (56 MPa)
28 days -0.033%
Flexural Strength ASTM C 348 (modified)
Rapid Chloride Permeability ASTM C 1202
1 day 550 psI (3.5 MPa)
7 days 4,000 coulombs
7 days 775 psi (4.9 MPa)
14 days 1,600 coulombs
28 days 1,100 psi (7.1 MPa)
21 days 975 coulombs
Shear Bond Strength ASTM C 882 (modified)
28 days 575 coulombs
3 days 2,000 psi (14 MPa)
Freeze/Thaw Resistance
7 days 2,500 psi (17 MPa)
ASTM C 666 Procedure A
4 days 2,800 psi (19 MPa)
300 cycles >98% RDM
28 days 3,000 psi (21 MPa)
Scaling Resistance ASTM C 672 (Visual rating)

Master Format #:
Appearance:
10 cycles 0
EUCOSHOT is a free flowing powder as packaged.
03 30 00

20 cycles 0
The final finish appearance can be any texture
consistent with that expected from sprayed concrete. 30 cycles 0
50 cycles 0

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
27
Packaging
EUCOSHOT LR is packaged in 3,300 lb (1,500 kg) bulk bags. Yield will vary according to the amount of water
added during the shotcreting operation. Approximate yield is 1yd3 (0.76 m3) per 3,300 lbs bag when mixed with
50 gal (190 L) of water.

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened package.

Directions for Use

Dry Shotcrete/Gunite: Set up dry process equipment in an area convenient to the placement site. Add
EUCOSHOT LR powder directly to the gun. If dusting is objectionable, material may be pre-dampened prior to
adding to gun. Gauge water at the nozzle and adjust to the desired consistency.
Placing:
Dry Shotcrete/Gunite: In general EUCOSHOT LR should be applied in accordance with the recommendations
of ACI 506R, “Guide to Shotcrete”. Pay special attention to the angle of the application (i.e. 90o) and distance
from the substrate, normally 2 ft (0.6 m) to 6 ft (1.8 m). Typical application depths range from 1/2” to 6” (12 to
150 mm). If placement at a depth greater than 6” (150 mm) is required, cross hatch the surface of the initial layer.
After the surface has sufficiently hardened additional layers may be placed.
Mixing:
Wet Shotcrete: Add EUCOSHOT LR to water in the mixer drum (35 gal [130 L] of water per 3,300 lb [1,500kg]
bulk bag of EUCOSHOT LR) , mix for 2 minutes and add remaining water (up to 15 gal [60 L]). EUCON 37 can
be used to reduce the amount of water required.
Placing:
Wet Shotcrete: In general EUCOSHOT LR should be applied in accordance with the recommendations of ACI
506R “Guide to Shotcrete”.

Precautions/Limitations
• Do not allow applied shotcrete to freeze until the material has reached a minimum of 1000 psi (7 MPa)
compressive strength.
• In adverse temperatures, follow ACI recommendations for hot/cold weather concreting practices.
• Use only potable water at the nozzle.
• Minimum application thickness is 1/2” (13 mm).
• Minimum surface and ambient temperatures are 40oF (5oC) and rising at the time of application.
• For optimum results, condition material to 65
to 85oF (18 to 29oC).
• Store product in a dry place.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
28
EUCOSHOT SUPREME
Latex Modified Shotcrete

Description

shotcrete
EUCOSHOT SUPREME is a latex modified, one component, shotcrete material. This cement based, modified
mortar is designed for use on vertical and overhead surfaces by dry shotcrete (gunite) application or by mixing
with water and applying as a wet-mix shotcrete. EUCOSHOT SUPREME is specially formulated for interior or
exterior uses.
Primary Applications
• Gunite projects • Tunnels
• Utility structures • Rehabilitation Projects

Features/Benefits
• One component material-ready to use with only the • Excellent freeze/thaw resistance
addition of water • Sulfate resistant
• Helps protect rebar and welded wire mesh from • Low shrinkage properties
corrosion • High abrasion resistance
• Low chloride salt permeability

Technical Information
Typical Engineering Data Direct Tensile Bond (Germann Test)

EUCOSHOT SUPREME
The following results were developed 14 days 380 psi (2.6 MPa)
under laboratory conditions.
28 days 435 psi (3.0 MPa)
Compressive Strength
Length Change ASTM C 157, 50% R.H.
ASTM C 109 2” (50 mm) Cubes
2 days -0.003%
1 day 3,250 psi (22 MPa)
7 days -0.003%
3 days 3,700 psi (25 MPa)
14 days -0.007%
7 days 5,350 psi (37 MPa)
21 days -0.025%
28 days 8,500 psi (57 MPa)
28 days -0.033%
Flexural Strength ASTM C 348 (modified)
Rapid Chloride Permeability ASTM C 1202
1 day 635 psI (4.4 MPa)
7 days 4,000 coulombs
7 days 900 psi (6.2 MPa)
14 days 1,600 coulombs
28 days 1,300 psi (9.0 MPa)
21 days 965 coulombs
Shear Bond Strength ASTM C 882 (modified)
28 days 560 coulombs
3 days 2,200 psi (15 MPa)
Freeze/Thaw Resistance
7 days 2,650 psi (18 MPa)
ASTM C 666 Procedure A
Master Format #:
4 days 2,900 psi (20 MPa)
300 cycles >98% RDM
28 days 3,100 psi (21 MPa)
03 30 00

Scaling Resistance ASTM C 672 (Visual rating


Appearance:
10 cycles 0
EUCOSHOT SUPREME is a free flowing powder as
20 cycles 0
packaged. The final finish appearance can be any
texture consistent with that expected from sprayed 30 cycles 0
concrete. 50 cycles 0

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
29
Packaging
EUCOSHOT SUPREME is packaged in 50 lb (22.7 kg) moisture resistant bags and is also available in 3,300 lb
(1,500 kg) bulk bags. Yield will vary according to the amount of water added during the shotcreting operation.
Approximate yield is 0.42 ft3 (0.012 m3) per 50 lb bag when mixed with 3 quarts (2.8 L) of water.

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened package.

Directions for Use

Dry Shotcrete/Gunite: Set up dry process equipment in an area convenient to the placement site. Add
EUCOSHOT SUPREME powder directly to the gun. If dusting is objectionable, material may be pre-dampened
prior to adding to gun. Gauge water at the nozzle and adjust to the desired consistency.
Placing:
Dry Shotcrete/Gunite: In general EUCOSHOT SUPREME should be applied in accordance with the
recommendations of ACI 506R “Guide to Shotcrete”. Pay special attention to the angle of the application (i.e.
90o) and distance from the substrate, normally 2 ft (0.6 m) to 6 ft (1.8 m). Typical application depths range from
1/2” to 6” (12 to 150 mm). If placement at a depth greater than 6” (150 mm) is required, cross hatch the surface
of the initial layer. After the surface has sufficiently hardened additional layers may be placed.
Mixing Wet Shotcrete:
Add EUCOSHOT SUPREME to water in the mixer drum (35 gallons [130 L] of water per 3,300lb [1,500kg] bulk
bag of EUCOSHOT), mix for 2 minutes and add remaining water (up to 15 gal [60 L]). EUCON 37 can be used
to reduce the amount of water required.
Placing-Wet Shotcrete:
In general EUCOSHOT SUPREME should be applied in accordance with the recommendations of ACI 506R
“Guide to Shotcrete”.

Precautions/Limitations
• Do not use EUCOSHOT SUPREME on a negative side water pressure application
• Do not allow applied shotcrete to freeze until the material has reached a minimum of 1000 psi (7 MPa)
compressive strength.
• In adverse temperatures, follow ACI recommendations for hot/cold weather concreting practices.
• Use only potable water at the nozzle.
• Minimum application thickness is 1/2” (13 mm).
• Minimum surface and ambient temperatures are 40oF (5oC) and rising at the time of application.
• For optimum results, condition material to 65 to 85oF (18 to 29oC).
• Store product in a dry place.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
30
EUCO DIAMOND SHOT
High-strength Shotcrete Mix

Description

shotcrete
EUCO DIAMOND SHOT is a high strength dry shotcrete mix that uses a proprietary technology to offer high early
and ultimate strengths. EUCO diamond SHOT can develop 3,500 psi (23 MPa) within two hours, and over
14,000 psi (96.5 MPa) in 28 days. Dust generation and rebound are similar to wet shotcrete mixes. Cohesion of
the mix, allows high build and higher shear bond strengths than conventional shotcrete mixes. EUCO DIAMOND
SHOT also offers higher resistance to hydrogen sulfide making it ideal for use in municipal wastewater projects.

Primary Applications
• Rapid tunnel development
• Utility structures
• Mining applications requiring fast cycle times

Features/Benefits
• Vertical build >9” (225mm) in single pass • Approximately 2 times the abrasion resistance
• Overhead build >6” (150mm) in single pass of conventional shotcrete
• High early strength could allow an extra mining • Resistant to hydrogen sulfide
cycle per day • Extremely low permeability
• High ultimate strength could allow a thinner • Rebound is typically < 3%

Euco DIAMOND shot


application • 90% less dust than conventional dry shotcrete

Technical Information
Typical Engineering Data Shear Bond Strength ASTM C 882 (modified)
The following results were developed 2hours 1,245 psi (8.6 MPa)
under laboratory conditions.
4hours 375 psi (9.5 MPa)
Compressive Strength
7days 3,167 psi (21.8 MPa)
ASTM C 109 2” (50 mm) Cubes
Length Change ASTM C 157, 50% R.H.
2 hours 3,500 psi (23.4 MPa)
2 days -0.045%
4 hours 4,500 psi (31.0 MPa)
7 days -0.084%
24 hours 6,750 psi (46.5 MPa)
14 days -0.096%
3 days 8,000 psi (55.2 MPa)
21 days -0.101%
7 days 10,200 psi(70.3 MPa)
Freeze/Thaw Resistance
28 days 14,250 psi (98.2 MPa)
ASTM C 666 Procedure A
Flexural Strength ASTM C 348 (modified)
Master Format #:
300 cycles >98% RDM
2hours 760 psi (4.6 MPa)
03 30 00

4hours 775 psi (5.3 MPa)


24hours 1,190 psi( 8.2 MPa)
3days 1,615 psi (11.1 MPa)
7days 1,820 psi (12.5 MPa)
Appearance: EUCO diamond SHOT is a free
28days 2,048 psi (14.1 MPa)
flowing powder as packaged.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
31
Packaging
EUCO dimaond SHOT is packaged in 50 lb (22.7 kg) moisture resistant bags and is also available in 3,300 lb
(1,500 kg) bulk bags. Yield will vary according to the amount of water added during the shotcreting operation.

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened package.

Directions for Use


Usage: When using EUCO diamond SHOT at 70oF (21oC), initial set is in approximately 45 minutes allowing
time to finish the surface for architectural purposes. After initial set, strength development is very rapid; the heat
generated from the exothermic reaction is similar to conventional shotcrete mixes.

Precautions/Limitations
• For optimum results, condition material to 65 to 85oF (18 to 29oC).
• Store product in a dry place.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
32
Eucon DSC
Powdered Accelerator For Dry Shotcrete Applications

Description

shotcrete
Eucon DSC is a fast accelerator that reduces the set time of shotcrete. Designed for use in dry shotcrete mixes, it does not
contain any chloride ions and enhances the physical properties of both fresh and hardened shotcrete.

Primary Applications
For addition to dry shotcrete mixes for use in:
• Tunnels • Reservoirs
• Mines • Water treatment plants
• Retaining walls • Maritime structures

Features/Benefits
• Speeds strength development • Does not accelerate corrosion of reinforcing steel
• Allows thicker build per pass • Permits rapid sealing of humidity and water inflow from
• Reduces rebound concrete or rock

Technical Information
The following results are from samples that were sprayed using industry standard equipment in a laboratory.
(The water addition at the nozzle was set to 0.97 GPM (3.65 L/min) to obtain the consistency normally used in shotcreting
applications).

Eucon DSC

lbs/yd3 kgs/m3
Type 1 (10) Cement 700 420
Silica Fume 70 42
Powdered accelerator* (EUCON DSC) 5.7 3.4
Powdered air entrainer ** (AIR MIX 200P) 2.8 1.7
Polypropylene fiber 1.7 1
Aggregate 1.0 – 2.5mm 3,000 1,795
* 0.8% by weight of cement
** 0.4% by weight of cement
Initial set (minutes) 5
Percentage of rebound 18.6

Master Format #:
Maximum build thickness in. (mm) > 10 (250) 03 30 00

Results on hardened shotcrete


Compressive Strength 1 day 2,570 psi 17.7 MPa
7 days 3,480 psi 24.0 MPa
28 days 4,180 psi 28.8 MPa
2
Scaling resistance after 50 freeze-thaw cycles 0.37 lb/ft 1.79 kg/m2
(ASTM C 672)

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
33
Specifications/Compliances
EUCON DSC is approved by the Quebec Ministry of Transport.

Packaging
EUCON DSC is a 2-part powdered admixture and is packaged in either 79 lbs (35.8 kgs) kits or in 790 lbs (358
kgs) kits.

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened package.

Appearance
EUCON DSC is a whitish powder.

Dosage
EUCON DSC is normally dosed at a rate of 0.8% to 1.5% by weight of cement. For dosages other than specified,
trials are necessary.

Directions for Use


Mix EUCON DSC with other dry components of the shotcrete mix before introduction to the shotcreting
equipment.

For other than dry shotcrete applications as herein stated, contact your Euclid Chemical representative.

Precautions/Limitations
• It is recommended to shoot test panels in order to evaluate EUCON DSC for other uses.
• Store EUCON DSC in a dry area, free of relative humidity.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
34
EUCON DSM
Powdered Accelerating Admixtureet for Dry Shotcrete Applications

Description

shotcrete
EUCON DSM is a fast accelerator that reduces the set time of shotcrete. Designed for use in dry shotcrete
mixes in applications that are not subject to freeze/thaw cycles, making it an economical accelerator for warmer
climates and also for many underground applications.

Primary Applications
• Tunnels
• Mines
• Retaining walls
• Reservoirs
• Water treatment plants

Features/Benefits
• Speeds strength development
• Allows thicker build per pass
• Does not accelerate corrosion of reinforcing steel
• Permits rapid sealing of humidity and water inflow from concrete or rock

Technical Information
Performance Data:
The following test results were acheived from samples that weresprayed using industry standard equipment

Eucoshot S
in a laboratory environment under controlled conditions. The water addition was set to obtain the consistancy
normally usedin typical shotcrete appilcations

Composition of shotcrete mix lbs/yd3 kg/m3


Type 1 (10) Cement 700 424
Silica Fume 70 42
EUCON DSM 6 3.6
Aggregate 1.0 – 2.5mm 2,920 1,770
Water 308 187

Results on fresh shotcrete Without With


EUCON DSC EUCON DSC
Initial set (minutes) 72 5

Master Format #:
Maximum build thickness in. (mm) 4.5 (115) > 10 (250) 03 30 00

Typical Results on hardened shotcrete psi MPa


Compressive Strength*
1 day 2,900 20.0
7 days 4,525 31.2
28 days 6,115 42.5
Entrained/Entrapped air (%) 2.1

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
35
Packaging
EUCON DSM is packaged in 50lb (23 kg) bags.

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened container.

Dosage
EUCON DSM is normally dosed at a rate of 0.75% to 1.5% by weight of cementitious material. For dosages other
than specified, trials are necessary.

Directions for Use


Mix EUCON DSM with other dry components of the shotcrete mix before introduction to the shotcrete gun.

For other than dry shotcrete applications as herein stated, contact your Euclid representative.

Precautions/Limitations
• It is recommended to shoot test panels in order to evaluate EUCON DSM for other uses
• Store EUCON DSM in a dry area, free of relative humidity
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
36
EUCO IRON TOP
Rapid-setting Metallic Aggregate Repair Mortar

Description

shotcrete
Euco Iron Top is a dense, high-early strength metallic aggregate concrete repair mortar formulated for heavy
duty applications. EUCO IRON TOP is especially suited for repair of concrete subjected to frequent and abrasive
traffic, heavy point loads, and impact. Critical applications requiring a fast return to service will benefit from the
quick cure time and strength gain of EUCO IRON TOP.

Primary Applications
• Repair of concrete floors where durability and • Repair of deteriorated floor joints
fast set time are critical requirements
• Repairs 1” (2.5 cm) in depth or greater

Features/Benefits
• Fast set time and quick turnover of projects
• Rapid strength gain
• Provides a dense surface resistant to wear
• Can receive traffic in 2 to 3 hours
• Requires only water for mixing

Technical Information

Property Result

EUCO IRON TOP


Flow @ 25 drops 90 - 120%
Initial Set > 5 minutes
Final Set < 15 minutes
Compressive Strength, psi (MPa)
(ASTM C 109)
1 hour 4,000 (27.6)
3 hours 5,000 (34.5)
1 day 8,000 (55.2)
28 days 10,000 (69.0)

Note: All data was collected in the laboratory under controlled conditions 70°F (21°C) & 50% relative humidity.
Expect reasonable variation in properties depending on mixing equipment, temperature and curing conditions.

Packaging/yield

Master Format #:
EUCO IRON TOP is packaged in 50 lb (22.7 kg) bags 03 53 16.00
Yield: 0.26 ft³ (0.007 m³) per bag when mixed with 0.54 gal ( 2.0 L) of water

Shelf Life
2 years in original, unopened package

Coverage
One unit of EUCO IRON TOP will cover approximately 3 ft² (0.28 m²) when placed at an average depth of
1” (2.5 cm)

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
37
Directions for Use
Surface Preparation: Concrete surfaces must be structurally sound, free of loose or deteriorated concrete and free
of dust, dirt, paint, efflorescence, oil and all other contaminants. Mechanically abrade the surface to a minimum depth
of 1/8” (3 mm) to achieve a surface profile equal to CSP 6 - 7 in accordance with ICRI Guideline 310.2. Properly clean
profiled area. Priming: Prior to placement the prepared concrete surface should be SSD (saturated surface dry).
A brush or spray application of DURALPREP AC can be used as a bonding agent. The DURALPREP AC must be
allowed to thoroughly dry prior to the application of EUCO IRON TOP. Alternately, a scrub coat of EUCO IRON
TOP can be applied to the SSD surface. The repair must be made before the scrub coat dries out.
Mixing: Small quantities may be mixed with a drill and “jiffy” mixer. Use a paddle type mortar mixer for large
jobs. Add the appropriate amount of water for the batch size and then add the EUCO IRON TOP. Mix for 2
minutes or until uniform consistency is reached.
Placement: EUCO IRON TOP has a fast set time; mixing and application must proceed quickly. Place EUCO
IRON TOP immediately after mixing, and finish the material to the desired texture.
Curing: Proper curing is critical to product performance. As soon as possible without marring the surface of
EUCO IRON TOP, apply a concrete curing or cure & seal compound.

Clean-Up
Clean tools and equipment with water before the material hardens.

Precautions/Limitations
• If aesthetics is an issue, consider another product rather than EUCO IRON TOP.
• Mix only one unit at a time.
• The temperatures at the time of placement must be at least 40oF (4oC) and rising.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
38
EUCO DIAMOND SHOT SF
High-Strength Shotcrete Mix for Abrasion Resistant Surfaces

Description

shotcrete
EUCO DIAMOND SHOT SF is a high strength dry shotcrete mix that incorporates a high loading of steel fibers. It
uses a proprietary technology to offer high early and ultimate strengths. EUCO DIAMOND SHOT SF can develop
3,500 psi (23 MPa) within two hours, and over 14,000 psi (96.5 MPa) in 5 days. Dust generation and rebound
are similar to wet shotcrete mixes. Cohesion of the mix, allows high build and higher shear bond strengths than
conventional shotcrete mixes. EUCO DIAMOND SHOT SF also offers higher resistance to hydrogen sulfide and
excellent abrasion resistance due to the high fiber loading.

Primary Applications
• Crusher station areas
• Loading pocket surfaces
• Ore transfer areas
• Ore and Waste pass surfaces

Features/Benefits
• Vertical build >9” (225mm) in single pass • Approximately 5 times the abrasion resistance of
conventional shotcrete
• Overhead build >6” (150mm) in single pass
• Resistant to hydrogen sulfide

Euco DIAMOND shot SF


• High early strength will allow faster in-service time
• Extremely low permeability
• High ultimate strength could allow a thinner
application • Rebound is typically < 3%
• 90% less dust than conventional dry shotcrete

Technical Information
Typical Engineering Data Shear Bond Strength ASTM C 882 (modified)
The following results were developed 2hours 1,245 psi (8.6 MPa)
under laboratory conditions.
4hours 375 psi (9.5 MPa)
Compressive Strength
7days 3,167 psi (21.8 MPa)
ASTM C 109 2” (50 mm) Cubes
Length Change ASTM C 157, 50% R.H.
2 hours 3,500 psi (23.4 MPa)
2 days -0.045%
4 hours 4,500 psi (31.0 MPa)
7 days -0.084%
24 hours 6,750 psi (46.5 MPa)
14 days -0.096%
3 days 8,000 psi (55.2 MPa)
21 days -0.101%
7 days 10,200 psi(70.3 MPa)
Freeze/Thaw Resistance
28 days 14,250 psi (98.2 MPa)
Master Format #:
ASTM C 666 Procedure A
Flexural Strength ASTM C 348 (modified)
300 cycles >98% RDM
03 30 00

2hours 760 psi (4.6 MPa)


4hours 775 psi (5.3 MPa)
24hours 1,190 psi( 8.2 MPa)
3days 1,615 psi (11.1 MPa)
7days 1,820 psi (12.5 MPa)
28days 2,048 psi (14.1 MPa)

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
39
Packaging
EUCO dimaond SHOT is packaged in 50 lb (22.7 kg) moisture resistant bags and is also available in 2,200
lb (1,500 kg) spout-bottom bulk bags. Yield will vary according to the amount of water added during the
shotcreting operation.

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened package.

Directions for Use


Usage: When using EUCO diamond SHOT at 70oF (21oC), initial set is in approximately 45 minutes allowing
time to finish the surface for architectural purposes. After initial set, strength development is very rapid; the heat
generated from the exothermic reaction is similar to conventional shotcrete mixes.

Precautions/Limitations
• For optimum results, condition material to 65 to 85oF (18 to 29oC).
• Store product in a dry place.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
40
EUCO IRON SHOT
Hard Surface & Ore Pass Liner

Description

shotcrete
EUCO IRON SHOT is an iron aggregate shotcrete mix, combining graded iron aggregate, cement, and chemical
agents. The iron aggregate is clean and completely free of oil, grease, and oxidation. EUCO IRON SHOT affords
tremendous resistance to high impact and abrasion conditions such as ore passes, ore bins and crusher
stations. It provides excellent surface durability for critical areas that cannot be shut down for extended periods.

Primary Applications
• Crusher station areas
• Loading pocket surfaces
• Ore transfer areas
• Ore and Waste pass surfaces

Features/Benefits
• Provides an impact resistant wearing surface with • Dense surface resists penetration of oil, grease
higher strength than conventional concrete and many other liquids
• Gives up to 8 times the abrasion resistance of • Virtually dust-free surface
conventional concrete • Can be applied with standard dry-mix shotcrete
• Iron aggregate is free of rust, oil, grease and other equipment

Euco iron shot


liquids

Technical Information
Typical Engineering Data
The following results were developed
under laboratory conditions.

RELATIVE ABRASION RESISTANCE


Compressive Strength ASTM C 779 MAXIMUM RANGES
% of Reference
ASTM C 109 2” (50 mm) Cubes
800
1 day 7,000 psi (48.3 MPa)
700
3 days 9,000 psi (62.1 MPa)
7 days 10,000 psi (69.0 MPa) 600

28 days 12,000 psi (82.8 MPa) 500

400

Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 300

28days 1,800 psi (12.4 MPa) 200 Master Format #:


03 30 00

100

Plain Cured Natural High- Euco- Euco


Concrete Aggre- Strength Plate
gate Dry Concrete HD Iron Top
Shakes Topping

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
41
Packaging
EUCO Iron shOT is packaged in 50 lb (22.7 kg) moisture resistant bags with polyethylene liners for moisture
protection. Material is shipped on pallets, 64 bags per pallet. Also available in 2,200 lb (1,500 kg) spout bottom
bulk bags.
One 50 lb (22.7 kg) bag will yield 0.23 ft3 (0.007 m3) of shot topping or enough material to cover 2.75 ft2 (0.25
m2) per 1” (25 mm) thickness when mixed with 0.5 gal (1.9 L) of water.

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened package.

Precautions/Limitations
• For optimum results, condition material to 65 to 85oF (18 to 29oC). Do not use material at temperatures below
45oF (7oC).
• Do not use over concrete containing calicum chloride or chloride containing admixtures.
• Proper curing is required.
• Not for use in areas subject to de-icing salts or chemical attack.
• Store product in a dry place.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
42
EUCON MSA
Powdered, Densified Microsilica Concrete Admixture

Description

shotcrete
EUCON MSA is a ready-to-use powdered microsilica (silica fume) concrete admixture. This product reacts
chemically with the calcium hydroxide in the cement paste which yields a calcium silicate hydrate gel that
significantly enhances strength and durability. The super fine microsilica fills the voids between cement particles
creating a very dense, less permeable concrete.

Primary Applications
• High strength concrete
• High density concrete
• Bridge decks
• Parking structures
• Marine environments

Features/Benefits
• High ultimate compressive and flexural strength for greater structural capacity
• High early strength gain for faster turnaround time
• Low permeability for greater resistance to water and salt penetration
• Increased abrasion and chemical resistance for a longer life expectancy
• Greatly improved freeze/thaw and scaling resistance
• Improves concrete performance to reduce column size, increase production and lower transportation and
erection costs

Eucon MSA
Technical Information
Typical Engineering Data
Specific gravity.................................................. 2.2
Bulk density...............approx. 30 lb/ft3 (481 kg/m3)
Microsilica content........................................100%
Amorphous SiO2......................................92 - 98%

Appearance: EUCON MSA is a very finely textured, free flowing, gray powder.

Packaging
EUCON MSA is packaged in 25 lb (11.3 kg) pulpable bags and can be delivered in bulk tankers for silo storage.

03 3000
Shelf Life
2 years in original, unopened package. Master Format #:
03 4000

Specifications/Compliances
• EUCON MSA meets the requirements of ASTM C 1240, standard provisions.
03 7000

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
43
Directions for Use
Due to the fineness of the EUCON MSA particles, the admixture needs to be thoroughly mixed and dispensed
in and around the cement particles. The proper dispersion is accomplished by adding the microsilica first in the
truck mixing process. A typical mix sequence would be:
1. EUCON MSA
2. 75% coarse aggregate, plus sand and 75% water
3. Air entraining admixture (if required)
4. Cement
5. Any Euclid Chemical high range water reducer(*).
6. Coarse aggregate 25% and 25% water
(*) Water demand will be increased when using microsilica. Most mixes will require the use of a high range
water reducer to maintain workability, a low water content and a low water/cement ratio.
Dosage: The use of EUCON MSA is normally used at the rate of 5 to 10% by weight of cement. Contact The
Euclid Chemical Company for guidance where higher dosages of up to 15% by weight of cement are needed.
Placement: Concrete treated with EUCON MSA may be placed in the same fashion as conventional concrete.
Finishing: Concrete containing EUCON MSA will bleed much less than conventional concrete; at higher dosage
rates bleeding will be essentially eliminated. Plastic shrinkage cracks occur due to rapid moisture loss from the
surface of the concrete. Because concrete containing EUCON MSA will have a reduced amount of bleed water
to replenish what has evaporated, it will be more susceptible to plastic shrinkage cracking.
Also, plastic shrinkage cracking is most likely to occur when low humidity, wind, high air temperature and high
concrete temperature are present in any combination. When these conditions do exist, the use of an evaporation
retardant such as EUCOBAR should be used. (See page 1 of the EUCOBAR technical data sheet for a table
which will show when conditions are favorable for the occurrence of plastic shrinkage cracking.) Note that
plastic shrinkage cracking on concrete containing EUCON MSA will occur at lower evaporation rates than for
normal concrete.
Methods other than EUCOBAR can be employed to help reduce the possible occurrence of shrinkage cracking.
These include erecting windbreaks, fog spray between finishing operations, covering concrete with wet burlap
and reducing concrete temperature with ice or cooled aggregates. Placing concrete later in the day to avoid
direct sunlight and high temperatures can also be done.
If plastic shrinkage cracks do occur, prompt reworking of the fresh concrete can effectively close them, preferably
using magnesium or steel tools. To prevent the reoccurrence of the shrinkage cracks, the concrete should be
promptly and thoroughly covered or kept moist.
If a high dosage of EUCON MSA is used in the concrete mix and conditions are favorable for plastic shrinkage
cracking, the concrete may become very difficult to finish. In situations such as this, it is recommended to use a
one pass finishing procedure of screeding, bullfloating and broom finishing or texturing of the surface followed
immediately by curing procedures.
Curing: Proper curing of concrete containing EUCON MSA is absolutely critical in order to achieve the
designed high strength and high durability. Proper curing requires the maintenance of proper moisture and
proper temperature conditions in the concrete.
All curing of concrete containing EUCON MSA should begin immediately after the finishing procedure
is completed. Acceptable curing methods are wet burlap, polyethylene and the use of a high solids liquid
membrane forming curing compound such as SUPER REZ-SEAL or SUPER AQUA-CURE VOX.
If a curing compound is not desired, wet cure for a minimum of seven (7) days.
Clean-Up
Clean tools and equipment with water before the material hardens.
Precautions / Limitations
• Test batches/mix designs/sample slabs may be required due to variations in local cement and aggregates.
• Keep concrete from freezing until a minimum strength of 1,000 psi (7 MPa) is reached.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.
Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
44
TUF-STRAND SF
Synthetic Macro-Fiber

Description

shotcrete
Tuf-strand SF “structural fibers” are a patented polypropylene / polyethylene synthetic macro-fiber successfully
used to replace steel fibers, welded wire mesh and conventional reinforcing bars in a wide variety of applications.
TUF-STRAND SF fibers comply with ASTM C1116, Standard Specification for Fiber Reinforced Concrete and
Shotcrete, and are specifically designed to provide equivalent tensile and bending resistance to conventional
reinforcement requirements. Concrete reinforced with TUF-STRAND SF will have three-dimensional reinforcing with
enhanced flexural toughness, impact and abrasion resistance and will also help mitigate the formation of plastic
shrinkage cracking in concrete. Dosage rates will vary depending upon the reinforcing requirements and can
range from 3.0 lbs/yd (1.8 kg/m³) to 20 lbs/yd (12 kg/m³). TUF-STRAND SF synthetic macro-fibers comply with
applicable portions of the International Code Council (ICC) Acceptance Criteria AC32 for synthetic fibers, are
UL certified for composite metal deck construction and are recognized within ACI 360 and SDI/ANSI-C1.0 as
a reinforcing alternate to WWF.

Primary Applications
• Thin walled pre-cast (septic tanks, vaults, walls, etc.)
• Shotcrete for tunnel linings, pool construction and slope stabilization
• Pavements and white-toppings
• Slab on Grade and elevated construction (distribution centers, warehouses, etc.)

Features/Benefits
• Equivalent strengths to WWM and rebar provided by engineering calculations

Tuf-strand SF
• Controls and mitigates plastic shrinkage cracking and reduces segregation and bleed-water
• Provides three-dimensional reinforcement against micro and macro-cracking
• Reduces equipment wear, fiber rebound and increases build-up thickness compared to steel fibers for
shotcrete applications
• Increases overall durability, fatigue resistance and flexural toughness
• Reduction of in-place cost versus wire mesh for temperature / shrinkage crack control
• Easily added to concrete mixture at any time prior to placement
• Tested in accordance with ASTM C 1399, C 1550, C 1609 and C 1018
• Applicable for design by ACI 360 R-06
• Certified for use by UL/ULC for D900 Series metal deck assemblies as alternate to WWF (CBXQ.R13773)

Technical Information
Typical Engineering Data
Material................polypropylene/polyethylene blend Modulus of Elasticity (EN 14889.2)...1380 ksi (9.5 GPa)
Specific Gravity................................................... 0.92 Flash point (ASTM D1929).......................625oF (330oC)
Typical dosage rate:.3 to 20 lbs/yd (1.8 to 12 kg/m³) Electrical Conductivity...............................................low
Available lengths...................................... 2” (51 mm) Water absorption............................................ negligible
Master Format #:
Aspect Ratio........................................................... 74 Acid and Alkali Resistance...............................excellent
03 2400

Tensile Strength..............87-94 ksi (600 to 650 MPa) Color.......................................................................white

Shelf Life
3 years in original, unopened package.

Packaging
TUF-STRAND SF fibers are packaged in 3.0 lb (1.36 kg), 4.0 lb (1.81 kg) and 5.0 lb (2.27 kg) water soluble bags.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
45
Directions for Use
TUF-STRAND SF fibers can be added to the concrete mixture at any time prior to placement of the concrete. It is
generally recommended to add any fiber material at the ready-mix concrete plant during batching. Fibers must be
mixed with concrete for a minimum of three (3) to five (5) minutes at maximum mixing speed to ensure complete
dispersion and uniformity. When adding 3 to 5 lbs/yd (2 to 3 kg/m3), a slump loss of 2” (50 mm) can be expected for a
typical ready-mix concrete design. For dosages of 6 to 12 lbs (4 to 7 kg/m3), a slump loss of 3 to 5 in (75 to 125 mm)
can be expected. The use of water reducers and/or superplasticizers, such as Eucon 37, 1037 or the Plastol series of
admixtures may be necessary to maintain desired workability.
Add other admixtures independently from fiber addition. TUF-STRAND SF is compatible with all other Euclid Chemical
admixtures. When used properly, and placed in a concrete mix of sufficient workability, the fibers will not adversely alter
the compressive or flexural strength of concrete or shotcrete.

Clean-up
Loose fiber material may be disposed in proper receptacles for refuse. Finishing equipment with fibers embedded
in concrete should be thoroughly cleaned.
Precautions/Limitations
• Use of fibers may cause an apparent loss in measured slump of concrete. This may be offset with the use of
a water reducing admixture if necessary.
• Fibers should never be added to a “zero-slump” concrete. Ensure a minimum concrete slump of 3” (80 mm) prior
to addition of any fiber material. Fibers may also be added in loose form to aggregate charging devices.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use. Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
46
Eucon Set Stop
Cement Stabilizer Packets

Description

shotcrete
EUCON Set Stop is a powdered chemical admixture specially formulated to retard mixes for extended periods of
time and is packaged in dissolvable paper bags for convenient dosing to grout, concrete and shotcrete mixes.
EUCON Set Stop will virtually stop the hydration of cement during hot weather or extended pumping operations.
EUCON Set Stop when used in combination with other water reducing admixtures can help to extend slump
times. EUCON Set Stop prevents normal hydration of the portland cement for up to 96 hours depending upon
the dosage rate used and can be dosed and re-dosed anytime after cement and water have been mixed.

Primary Applications
• Grouting Applications
• Shotcreting operations in mines and tunnels
• Concrete haulage applications
• Emergency cement stabilization for transmixer breakdowns

Features/Benefits
• Buckets can easily be kept on mobile equipment
• Material will not freeze like liquid admixtures
• Can be added to stop hydration in a mix and re-doesed as needed
• Consistant dosage response

Eucon SET SToP


Shelf Life
2 years in original, unopened container.

Specifications/Compliances
Meets ASTM C 494 Type D Admixture

Packaging
EUCON Set Stop is packaged in red pails containing 50 half-pound dissolvable bags.

Technical Information
Performance Data:
The following testing was obtain under field conditions:
1.33 yd3 (1m3) ‘Neat’ Grout mixture
Type III Portland Cement

Master Format #:
0.50 Water:Cement
Ambient temperature - 77oF (25oC)
00 0000

Mixture temperature - 86oF (30oC)

Eucon Set Stop Content Initial Set (hr:min)


None 1:35
1 Packette 3:05
2 Packettes 3:55
3 Packettes 4:45

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
47
Directions for Use
Once cement and water are completely mixed, add dissolvable pack(s) directly to mix and mix for approximately
3 minutes. Extender addition: Add dissolvable packs to the mix at any time during transport/holding and mix
at high speed for approximately 3 minutes. Note that a higher dosage of Eucon Red may be required for an
extender addition depending on amount of time since initial dosing and/or initial batching time.

Dosage
Eucon Red must be evaluated with each mix and application to accurately determine the proper dosage. When
first using Eucon Red with a particular mix, set times and mix temperatures should be closely monitored to
determine proper dosage for that mix. Overdosing Eucon Red will not harm the mix but can extend set time for
several days.

Precautions/Limitations
• Wear protective goggles and gloves when handling EUCON Set Stop
• Only add to mixture after cement and water are thruroughly mixed
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use
• Test mixes should be performed to determine dosage rates for particular materials and conditions

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
48
FORMSHIELD Pure
Low VOC, Oil Based Concrete Form Release

Description

shotcrete
FORMSHIELD Pure is a concrete form release agent with exceptional performance and ease of use that
is unmatched by water based form release products. Formshield Pure has a unique crystal clear
formulation containing a proprietary ingredient that provides release capability superior to traditional
form oils. FORMSHIELD PURE is environmentally friendly and compliant with all VOC regulations in
the U.S. and Canada. Because it is not water based, pails, drums, or totes of FORMSHIELD PURE do
not require protection from freezing. Forms treated with Formshield Pure can be put to use faster
than those treated with water based release products. Metal, plastic, wood and composition forms strip
cleanly with FORMSHIELD PURE.

Primary Application
• Preventing the adhesion of concrete to forms of all types

Features/Benefits
• Forms release easily and cleanly from concrete • Tolerant to freezing conditions during storage
• No staining and transportation
• Compliant with all VOC regulations, including • Treated forms are ready for use quickly
Federal EPA, OTC, LADCO, Maricopa County, • DOT non-regulated: easy storage and
CARB, and SCAQMD shipping
• Dramatically reduces the occurrence of voids • Very low odor

FORMSHIELD Pure
and bugholes • Reduces the need for heavy prying tools that
can cause concrete and form damage
Technical Information
VOC content........................................... 90 g/L
Weight/gal......................... 7.3 lb/gal (0.86 kg/L)
Packaging
FORMSHIELD PURE is packaged in 275 gallon (1041 L) totes, 55 gal (208 L) drums and 5 gal (18.9 L)
pails.
Shelf Life
2 years in original, unopened container.
Specifications/Compliances
• Corp of Engineers CE 1401.01 (17.4) & CW 03101 (5.3)
• GSA CE 204 (3-03-K)
• ACI 347-68
• Compliant with Federal, OTC, California, and Maricopa County regulations Master Format #:
03 11 00

Coverage
ft²/gal (m²/L)
Plywood Forms 350 to 500 (8.59 to 12.27)
Wood Composition Forms 350 to 500 (8.59 to 12.27)
Plastic Forms 800 to 1000 (19.63 to 24.54)
Metal Forms 800 to 1000 (19.63 to 24.54)
Note: Coverage rates are approximate and for estimating purposes only. Surface temperature, porosity and texture
will determine actual material requirements.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
49
Directions for Use
Surface Preparation: The form surface must be free from dirt, cement paste, hardened concrete and
other residue that could transfer to the finished concrete surface. Before coating plywood forms, apply a
heavy brush coat to the plywood edges to protect laminations.
Application: In cold weather or if FORMSHIELD PURE has been stored in a cold location, gently stir
the product before using. FORMSHIELD PURE can be applied by brush, spray or roller. Apply in a
continuous film, avoiding excessive buildup, runs and puddles. Forms treated with FORMSHIELD PURE
will be ready to use within one hour on plywood and 2 to 3 hours on metal and plastic forms. Used forms
can be re-coated with FORMSHIELD PURE if proper surface preparation techniques are followed.

Clean-Up
Clean tools and application equipment immediately after use with mineral spirits. Clean drips and
overspray while still wet.

Precautions/Limitations
• Do not thin or dilute FORMSHIELD PURE.
• The viscosity of FORMSHIELD PURE increases at low temperatures, resulting in reduced sprayability.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
50
PSI 11050 Steel Fiber
Steel Macro-Fiber

Description

shotcrete
PSI 11050 Steel Fiber are low carbon, cold drawn steel wire fibers designed to provide concrete with
temperature and shrinkage crack control, enhanced flexural reinforcement, improved shear strength and increase
the crack resistance of concrete. PSI 11050 Steel Fiber complies with ASTM C1116, Standard Specification for
Fiber Reinforced Concrete and Shotcrete and ASTM A820, Type I, Standard Specification for Steel Fibers for Fiber
Reinforced Concrete. These steel macro-fibers will also improve impact, shatter, fatigue and abrasion resistance
while increasing toughness of concrete. Dosage rates will vary depending upon the reinforcing requirements
and can range from 25 to 100 lbs/yd³ (15 to 60 kg/m³).

Primary Applications
• Commercial and industrial slabs on ground
• Bridge decks, overlays and pavements
• Precast concrete applications
• Shotcrete, tunnel linings and slope stabilization
• Mass concrete and composite deck construction

Features/Benefits
• Increases impact, shatter and abrasion resistance of concrete

PSI 11050 Steel Fiber


• Reduces segregation, plastic settlement, and shrinkage cracking of concrete
• Provides three-dimensional reinforcement against macro-cracking
• Increases overall durability, fatigue resistance and flexural toughness
• Reduction of in-place cost versus wire mesh for temperature / shrinkage crack control
• Easily added to concrete mixture at any time prior to placement

Technical Information
Typical Engineering Data
Material................................................................... low carbon cold drawn steel wire
Deformation............................................................ patented undulated ends
Typical Dosage Rates............................................ 25 - 100 lb/yd3 (15 - 60 kg/m3)
Available Lengths................................................... 2” (50 mm)
Fiber Diameter........................................................ 0.044” (1.10 mm)
Apect Ratio............................................................. 45
Tensile Strength..................................................... 160 ksi (1100 MPa)
Appearance............................................................ bright, clean wire

Master Format #:
Packaging
03 2400

PSI 11050 Steel Fibers are packaged in 55 lb (25 kg) bags; 2200 net lbs (1000 kg) per pallet.

Shelf Life
3 years in original, unopened package.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
51
Directions for Use
PSI 11050 Steel fibers can be added to the concrete mixture at any time prior to placement of the concrete. It is
generally recommended to add any fiber material at the ready-mix concrete plant during batching. The actual
dosage rate will vary depending upon the application and performance requirements for each project. Fibers must
be mixed with concrete for a minimum of four (4) to five (5) minutes at maximum mixing speed, depending on
the mixer type, to ensure complete dispersion and uniformity. The addition of PSI 11050 Steel Fiber, at provided
dosage rates, will decrease the measured slump of concrete; however, additional water should not be added. The
use of water reducers and/or superplasticizers, such as Eucon 1037, Eucon MRX or the Plastol series of admixtures
may be necessary to maintain desired workability.
Add other admixtures independently from fiber addition. When used properly, and placed in a concrete mix of
sufficient workability, the fibers will not adversely alter the compressive or flexural strength of concrete or shotcrete.

Clean-up
Loose fiber material may be disposed in proper receptacles for refuse. Finishing equipment with fibers embedded
in concrete should be thoroughly cleaned.

Precautions/Limitations
• Use of fibers may cause an apparent loss in measured slump of concrete. This may be offset with the use of
a water reducing admixture if necessary.
• Fibers should never be added to a “zero-slump” concrete. Ensure a minimum concrete slump of 3” (80 mm) prior
to addition of any fiber material. Fibers may also be added in loose form to aggregate charging devices.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
52
PSI Crimped Steel Fiber
Steel Macro-Fiber

Description

shotcrete
PSI Crimped Steel Fiber are low carbon, cold drawn steel wire fibers designed to provide concrete with
temperature and shrinkage crack control, enhanced flexural reinforcement, improved shear strength and increase
the crack resistance of concrete. PSI Crimped Steel Fiber complies with ASTM C1116, Standard Specification for
Fiber Reinforced Concrete and Shotcrete and ASTM A820, Type I, Standard Specification for Steel Fibers for Fiber
Reinforced Concrete. These steel macro-fibers will also improve impact, shatter, fatigue and abrasion resistance
while increasing toughness of concrete. Dosage rates will vary depending upon the reinforcing requirements
and can range from 25 to 100 lbs/yd³ (15 to 60 kg/m³).

Primary Applications
• Commercial and industrial slabs on ground
• Bridge decks, overlays and pavements
• Precast concrete applications
• Shotcrete, tunnel linings and slope stabilization
• Mass concrete and composite deck construction

Features/Benefits
• Increases impact, shatter and abrasion resistance of concrete

PSI Crimped Steel Fiber


• Reduces segregation, plastic settlement, and shrinkage cracking of concrete
• Provides three-dimensional reinforcement against macro-cracking
• Increases overall durability, fatigue resistance and flexural toughness
• Reduction of in-place cost versus wire mesh for temperature / shrinkage crack control
• Easily added to concrete mixture at any time prior to placement

Technical Information
Typical Engineering Data
Material................................................................... low carbon cold drawn steel wire
Deformation............................................................ continuously deformed circular segment
Typical Dosage Rates............................................ 25 - 100 lb/yd3 (15 - 60 kg/m3)
Available Lengths................................................... 1 ½” (38 mm), 2” (50 mm)
Apect Ratio............................................................. 34, 45
Tensile Strength..................................................... 140 - 180 ksi (966 - 1242 MPa)
Appearance............................................................ bright, clean wire

Master Format #:
Packaging
03 2400

PSI Crimped Steel Fibers are packaged in 55 lb (25 kg) bags; 2200 net lbs (1000 kg) per pallet.

Shelf Life
3 years in original, unopened package.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
53
Directions for Use
PSI Crimped Steel fibers can be added to the concrete mixture at any time prior to placement of the concrete. It
is generally recommended to add any fiber material at the ready-mix concrete plant during batching. The actual
dosage rate will vary depending upon the application and performance requirements for each project. Fibers must
be mixed with concrete for a minimum of four (4) to five (5) minutes at maximum mixing speed, depending on the
mixer type, to ensure complete dispersion and uniformity. The addition of PSI Crimped Steel Fiber, at provided
dosage rates, will decrease the measured slump of concrete; however, additional water should not be added. The
use of water reducers and/or superplasticizers, such as Eucon 1037, Eucon MRX or the Plastol series of admixtures
may be necessary to maintain desired workability.
Add other admixtures independently from fiber addition. When used properly, and placed in a concrete mix of
sufficient workability, the fibers will not adversely alter the compressive or flexural strength of concrete or shotcrete.

Clean-up
Loose fiber material may be disposed in proper receptacles for refuse. Finishing equipment with fibers embedded
in concrete should be thoroughly cleaned.

Precautions/Limitations
• Use of fibers may cause an apparent loss in measured slump of concrete. This may be offset with the use of
a water reducing admixture if necessary.
• Fibers should never be added to a “zero-slump” concrete. Ensure a minimum concrete slump of 3” (80 mm) prior
to addition of any fiber material. Fibers may also be added in loose form to aggregate charging devices.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
54
Rock Support
Rock Support

Euco Rock 57
Euco THX 59
EUCO ROCK
Quick-setting Flowable Grout

Rock support
Description
EUCO ROCK is a pourable hydraulic cement designed for anchoring or grouting applications. EUCO ROCK
sets rapidly and quickly achieves load bearing and bond strength properties. It does not contain any metallic
aggregate or chloride ions.

Primary Applications
• Interior and exterior applications • Reinforcing rods
• Anchoing bolts in concrete slabs • May be mixed with aggregates when placed into
• Hand rails & posts voids requiring large amounts of material
Features/Benefits
• Fast and controlled set • Excellent freeze/thaw durability
• Positive expansion Can contribute to LEED points
• High early strengths
Technical Information
Typical Engineering Data
The following results were developed under laboratory conditions:
Compressive Strength ASTM C 109, 2” (50 mm) cubes @ 72oF (22oC)
3 hour.s.....................................2,600 psi (17.9 MPa)
24 hours....................................3,800 psi (26.2 MPa)
7 days.......................................5,000 psi (34.5 MPa)

Euco Rock
28 days.....................................6,000 psi (41.7 MPa)
Appearance: EUCO ROCK is a free flowing powder designed to be mixed with water. After mixing and placing,
the product color may initially appear darker than the surrounding concrete. This color will lighten substantially
as the anchoring cement cures and dries out.

Packaging
EUCO ROCK anchoring cement is available in 3 package sizes:
50 lb (22.7 kg) pail........... 0.48 ft³ (0.014 m³) yield
50 lb (22.7 kg) bag........... 0.48 ft³ (0.014 m³) yield
12 lb (5.40 kg) bag........... 0.11 ft³ (0.003 m³) yield

Yields are based upon 1.5 gal (5.7 L) of water/50 lb (22.7 kg) unit.

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened package.

Directions for Use Master Format #:


03 62 13

Hole Preparation: Roughen the surface of the hole with a stiff wire brush on the end of a drill or with a rotary
impact drill and then clean out with water and oil-free compressed air.
Saturation: Saturate the hole for a minimum of one hour before grouting. Remove all free standing water.
Mixing and Placing: EUCO ROCK can be easily mixed with a drill and mixing prop. Mix for 1 minute to a
smooth, lump-free consistency. When anchoring bolts, posts or rails in concrete or masonry, mix EUCO ROCK
to a flowable consistency and pour around the bolt and fill the hole. Crown the cement slightly with a trowel or
putty knife as it stiffens. When anchoring on a horizontal surface, mix EUCO ROCK to a plastic consistency and
fill the predampened, clean hole. Drive the anchor into place and finish surface with a trowel.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
57
Clean-Up
Clean tools and equipment with water before the material hardens.

Precautions/Limitations
• Place material quickly due to fast set.
• Do not use EUCO ROCK as an anchoring grout for rock bolts. Consult your local Euclid Chemical representative
for information on grouting rock bolts.
• Do not add admixtures or fluidifiers.
• Do not use material at temperatures that may cause premature freezing.
• Store product in a dry place.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
58
EUCO THX
Admixture For Cementitious Grouts

Rock Support
Description
EUCO THX is a powdered admixture for use in most types of grout mixes. It is designed to enhance cement-based
grouts by allowing a reduction in mix water while enhancing flow. EUCO THX will also improve early and ultimate
strength characteristics, minimize bleed water, minimize segregation and reduce or eliminate shrinkage.

Primary Applications
• Contact grouting
• Consolidation grouting
• Mining applications
• Anchoring grouts

Features/Benefits
• Reduces bleed water
• Significant reduction in mix water
• Higher early and ultimate strengths
• Reduce or eliminate shrinkage
• Minimize segregation

Packaging

EUCO THX
EUCO THX is available in 25 lb (11.4 kg) pails and 220 lbs (100 kg) poly drums.

Technical Information
Performance Data:
The following test results were obtained by testing in accordance with ASTM C 937.

Reference Mix Test Mix


Eucon THX Dosage - 4 % by wt of cementitious
Water Reduction 17.5%
Flow (sec.) 21 20
Set Time (hr:min)
Intial Set 6:44 6:19
Final Set 9:02 8:21 Master Format #:
03 30 00

Compressive Strength psi (Mpa)


7 Day 2160 (15) 3340 (23)
28 Day 3900 (27) 5390 (37)

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
59
Specifications/Compliances
EUCO THX meets or exceeds the requirements of ASTM C 937.

Dosage
EUCO THX is generally dosed at rates ranging from 2 to 6 lbs/100lbs (2 to 6 kg/100 kg) of cementitious material.

Directions for Use


EUCO THX can be mixed into the mix independently or with any of the mix components. Ensure that it is
thouroughly dispersed throughout the mix.

Shelf Life
6 months in original, unopened container.

Precautions/Limitations
• Store in a dry place
• Do not add other admixtures
• Not recommended for precision grouting applications
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
60
Grouting
Grouting

Euco Cable Grout PTX 63


Euco Rock 65
Euco THX 67
Eucon WO 69
Euco Tremie Grout 71
Euco Hi-Flow Grout 73
Eucon 37P 75
Eucon Set Stop 77
Eucon AWA 79
Dural Aqua-Dam 81
Dural Aqua-Fil 83
Dural Pump Rinse 85
EUCO CABLE GROUT PTX
High Tolerance Cable Grout

Description

grouting
EUCO CABLE GROUT PTX is formulated to produce a pumpable, non-shrink, high strength grout. It provides
corrosion protection for steel cables, anchorages and rods. EUCO CABLE GROUT PTX is extremely fluid, and
cured grout is similar in appearance to concrete. EUCO CABLE GROUT PTX exhibits thixotropic properties
defined in PTI specifications, and can be used to repair previously grouted cables.

Primary Applications
• Pre-stressed/post-tensioned cables and rods • Beams
• Post-tensioned ducts • Columns
• Precast wall panels • Cable anchor plates

Features/Benefits
• Easy to pump or pour • Aggregate free
• Non-shrink performance provides excellent bearing • Pumpable for a minimum of 2 hrs @ 90˚F (32˚C)
• Fluid, high strength and self-leveling Can contribute to LEED points

Technical Information

Property Result

EUCO CABLE GROUT PTX


Fluid Consistency 1.5 to 1.7 gal water/50 lb bag (5.7 to 6.4 L/22.7 kg)
Flow Rate
9 to 20 seconds
ASTM C 939 modified
Setting Time at 70°F (21°C) 8 to 10 hours
ASTM C 191 (will vary depending on material and ambient temperature)
1 day: 2,000 psi (14 MPa)
Compressive Strength 3 days: 3,400 psi (23 MPa)
ASTM C 109 7 days: 5,500 psi (38 MPa)
28 days: 7,500 psi (52 MPa)
Hardened Height Change 24 hours: 0% to 0.1%
ASTM C 1090 28 days: ≥ height at 24 hours (0.2%)
Plastic Expansion
0% to 2% for up to 3 hours
ASTM C 940
0% at 5 minutes
Bleeding
0% at 3 hours
ASTM C 94 modified
(200 mL Gellman Filter @ 100 psi)

Master Format #:
Chloride Permeability
28 days (30V for 6 hrs): 660 coulombs
ASTM C 1202
03 62 13

EUCO CABLE GROUT PTX is a free flowing powder designed to be mixed with water. After mixing and placing, the
color may initially appear much darker than the surrounding concrete. While this color will lighten up substantially as
the grout cures, the grout may always appear somewhat darker than the surrounding concrete.

Shelf Life
6 months in original, unopened package

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
63
Packaging/Yield
EUCO CABLE GROUT PTX is packaged in 50 lb (22.7 kg) bags or pails and yields 0.57 ft³ (0.016 m³) of fluid
grout when mixed with 1.68 gal (6.4 L) of water.

Specifications/compliances
• Complies with Post-Tensioning Institute • ASTM C 887
Specifications (PTI) • ASTM C 1090
• CRD C 621
• ASTM C 1107-05

Directions for Use


If the contractor is not familiar with standard grout placement techniques, a pre-job meeting is suggested to
review the project details unique to the particular job. Contact your local Euclid Chemical representative for
additional information.
Mixing:
Consistency Estimated Water Content*
Fluid 1.5 to 1.7 gal/50 lb (5.7 to 6.4 L/22.7kg)
Flowable 1.3 to 1.5 gal/50 lb (4.9 to 5.7 L/22.7kg)
* Do not add water in an amount that will cause bleeding. Do not add aggregate or cement to the grout since
this action will change its precision grouting characteristics. Note: To minimize bleeding in vertical applications
greater than twenty feet, The Euclid Chemical Company recommends a water dosage no greater than 1.54
gal/50 lb (5.8 L/22.7 kg).

Curing and Sealing: Cure all exposed grout by wet curing for 24 hours, then with a high solids curing and
sealing compound, such as SUPER REZ-SEAL or SUPER AQUA-CURE VOX.

Precautions/Limitations
• Clean tools and equipment with water before the material hardens.
• Do not add any admixture or fluidifiers.
• Do not use mixing water in an amount or at a temperature that will cause the mixed grout to bleed or segregate.
• Store materials in a dry place.
• Do not use material at temperatures that may cause premature freezing.
• Employ cold weather or hot weather grouting practices as the temperature dictates.
• Rate of strength gain and setting times are significantly affected at temperature extremes.
• The Euclid Chemical Company is not responsible for stress corrosion caused by ingredients in the flushout,
saturation, or mixing water, or for contaminants either in the space being grouted or from other materials used
in the system.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
64
EUCO ROCK
Quick-setting Flowable Grout

Description

grouting
EUCO ROCK is a pourable hydraulic cement designed for anchoring or grouting applications. EUCO ROCK
sets rapidly and quickly achieves load bearing and bond strength properties. It does not contain any metallic
aggregate or chloride ions.

Primary Applications
• Interior and exterior applications • Reinforcing rods
• Anchoing bolts in concrete slabs • May be mixed with aggregates when placed into
• Hand rails & posts voids requiring large amounts of material
Features/Benefits
• Fast and controlled set • Excellent freeze/thaw durability
• Positive expansion Can contribute to LEED points
• High early strengths
Technical Information
Typical Engineering Data
The following results were developed under laboratory conditions:
Compressive Strength ASTM C 109, 2” (50 mm) cubes @ 72oF (22oC)
3 hour.s.....................................2,600 psi (17.9 MPa)
24 hours....................................3,800 psi (26.2 MPa)
7 days.......................................5,000 psi (34.5 MPa)

Euco Rock
28 days.....................................6,000 psi (41.7 MPa)
Appearance: EUCO ROCK is a free flowing powder designed to be mixed with water. After mixing and placing,
the product color may initially appear darker than the surrounding concrete. This color will lighten substantially
as the anchoring cement cures and dries out.

Packaging
EUCO ROCK anchoring cement is available in 3 package sizes:
50 lb (22.7 kg) pail........... 0.48 ft³ (0.014 m³) yield
50 lb (22.7 kg) bag........... 0.48 ft³ (0.014 m³) yield
12 lb (5.40 kg) bag........... 0.11 ft³ (0.003 m³) yield

Yields are based upon 1.5 gal (5.7 L) of water/50 lb (22.7 kg) unit.

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened package.

Directions for Use Master Format #:


03 62 13

Hole Preparation: Roughen the surface of the hole with a stiff wire brush on the end of a drill or with a rotary
impact drill and then clean out with water and oil-free compressed air.
Saturation: Saturate the hole for a minimum of one hour before grouting. Remove all free standing water.
Mixing and Placing: EUCO ROCK can be easily mixed with a drill and mixing prop. Mix for 1 minute to a
smooth, lump-free consistency. When anchoring bolts, posts or rails in concrete or masonry, mix EUCO ROCK
to a flowable consistency and pour around the bolt and fill the hole. Crown the cement slightly with a trowel or
putty knife as it stiffens. When anchoring on a horizontal surface, mix EUCO ROCK to a plastic consistency and
fill the predampened, clean hole. Drive the anchor into place and finish surface with a trowel.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
65
Clean-Up
Clean tools and equipment with water before the material hardens.

Precautions/Limitations
• Place material quickly due to fast set.
• Do not use EUCO ROCK as an anchoring grout for rock bolts. Consult your local Euclid Chemical representative
for information on grouting rock bolts.
• Do not add admixtures or fluidifiers.
• Do not use material at temperatures that may cause premature freezing.
• Store product in a dry place.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
66
EUCO THX
Admixture For Cementitious Grouts

Description

grouting
EUCO THX is a powdered admixture for use in most types of grout mixes. It is designed to enhance cement-based
grouts by allowing a reduction in mix water while enhancing flow. EUCO THX will also improve early and ultimate
strength characteristics, minimize bleed water, minimize segregation and reduce or eliminate shrinkage.

Primary Applications
• Contact grouting
• Consolidation grouting
• Mining applications
• Anchoring grouts

Features/Benefits
• Reduces bleed water
• Significant reduction in mix water
• Higher early and ultimate strengths
• Reduce or eliminate shrinkage
• Minimize segregation

Packaging

EUCO THX
EUCO THX is available in 25 lb (11.4 kg) pails and 220 lbs (100 kg) poly drums.

Technical Information
Performance Data:
The following test results were obtained by testing in accordance with ASTM C 937.

Reference Mix Test Mix


Eucon THX Dosage - 4 % by wt of cementitious
Water Reduction 17.5%
Flow (sec.) 21 20
Set Time (hr:min)
Intial Set 6:44 6:19
Final Set 9:02 8:21 Master Format #:
03 30 00

Compressive Strength psi (Mpa)


7 Day 2160 (15) 3340 (23)
28 Day 3900 (27) 5390 (37)

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
67
Specifications/Compliances
EUCO THX meets or exceeds the requirements of ASTM C 937.

Dosage
EUCO THX is generally dosed at rates ranging from 2 to 6 lbs/100lbs (2 to 6 kg/100 kg) of cementitious material.

Directions for Use


EUCO THX can be mixed into the mix independently or with any of the mix components. Ensure that it is
thouroughly dispersed throughout the mix.

Shelf Life
6 months in original, unopened container.

Precautions/Limitations
• Store in a dry place
• Do not add other admixtures
• Not recommended for precision grouting applications
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
68
EUCON WO
Set Stabilizing Admixture

Description

grouting
EUCON WO is a liquid chemical admixture that is effective in controlling the hydration rate of binders in wet
shotcrete mixes. EUCOSHOT S does not contain any added chloride ions and is non-corrosive. It provides
longer transport times, higher durability, and increased compressive strength at 28 days of curing. EUCON WO
also helps to keep mixers, transport equipment and pumping equipment free of cement scale buildup and can
actually reduce existing buildup.

Features/Benefits
• Superior set retardation
• Reduces possibility of binder slurry setting in transport vehicles
• Reduces need to clean mixing and transport equipment

Technical Information
Performance Data:
The following test results were achieved using typical ASTM C 494 mix design requirements, 517 lb/yd3
(307 kg/m3) cement content and similar (± 0.5)% air content. These results were obtained under laboratory
conditions with materials and mix designs meeting the specifications of ASTM C 494. Changes in materials
and mix designs can affect the dosage response of EUCON WO.

Eucon WO
Master Format #:
03 30 00

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
69
Packaging
EUCON WO is packaged in bulk, 275 gal (1041 L) totes and 55 gal (208 L) drums and 5 gal (18.9 L pails.

Shelf Life
2 years in original, unopened container.

Dosage
EUCON WO can be used at dosage rates from 1 oz to 100 oz / 100 lbs (65 to 6,500 ml / 100 kg) of cement,
depending on the temperatures involved and the delay required for setting. Dosage is dependent on the
quantity of binder in the mix.

Directions for Use


EUCON WO is dispersed into the shotcrete mix, preferably after the cement and water have completely
mixed. EUCON WO may be used in multiple dose rates for increased performance. It is compatible with other
admixtures, however, each admixture should be added to the mix separately. EUCON WO should not be added
to the mix until the water and cement have been thoroughly mixed and hydration is started.

Precautions/Limitations
• Wear protective goggles and gloves when handling EUCON WO
• Add to mix independent of other admixtures
• Care should be taken to maintain EUCON WO above freezing; however, freezing and subsequent thawing will
not harm the material if thoroughly agitated
• Do not agitate with air
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
70
EUCO TREMIE GROUT
Non-shrink Underwater Grout

Description

grouting
EUCO TREMIE GROUT is specially designed for use in underwater grouting applications. This highly flowable,
cement based, non-shrink grout remains in a cohesive, well blended mix when placed or pumped in off-shore
concrete repairs.
Primary Applications
• Underwater grouting • Underwater concrete structures
• Pier supports • Off-shore rigging
Features/Benefits
• Non-shrink for positive, secure support
• Does not contain chlorides as additives which may contribute to rebar corrosion
• Extended working time in hot environment
• Highly flowable for easy mixing & pumping
• Rapid strength gain for early support
Can contribute to LEED points

Technical Information

EUCO TREMIE GROUT


Property Result @ 72°F (22°C) Result @ 40°F (4°C)
1 day: 3,200 psi (22 MPa) 1 day: 1,000 psi (7 MPa)
Compressive Strength
3 days: 4,800 psi (33 MPa) 3 days: 3,000 psi (20 MPa)
ASTM C 109 Modified
7 days: 5,600 psi (38 MPa) 7 days: 3,700 psi (25 MPa)
see ASTM C 1107 Section 11.5
28 days: 7,200 psi (49 MPa) 28 days: 4,500 psi (31 MPa)
3 days: +0.06%
Volume Change 7 days: +0.06%
--
ASTM C 1090 & CRD C 621 14 days: +0.06%
28 days: +0.06%
Setting Time Initial Set: 5 hours Initial Set: 12 hours
ASTM C 191 Final Set: 7 hours Final Set: 18 hours

Appearance: EUCO TREMIE GROUT is a free flowing powder designed to be mixed with water. After mixing and
placing, the color may initially appear much darker than the surrounding concrete. While this color will lighten
substantially as the concrete cures and dries out, the grout may always appear somewhat darker than the

Master Format #:
surrounding concrete. 03 62 13

Packaging/yield
EUCO TREMIE GROUT is packaged in 50 lb (22.7 kg) bags. Yield is approximately .45 ft3 (.013 m3) of flowable
grout when mixed with 1.2 gal (4.5 L) of water. (Also available in bulk bags).

Shelf Life
2 years in original, unopened package.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
71
Specifications/Compliances
• Meets the requirements of CRD C 621, Corps of Engineers Specification for Non-Shrink Grout.
• Shows positive expansion when tested in accordance with ASTM Specification C 1090, Standard Test Method
for Measuring Changes in Height of Cylindrical Specimens from Hydraulic-Cement Grout.
• Meets the performance requirements of ASTM C 1107, combination volume adjusting grout standard
specification for packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement grout (non-shrink).

Directions for Use


Surface Preparation: All concrete surfaces should be clean, sound and free of surface scaling and any material
which may interfere with bond.
Mixing: Approximately 1.2 gal (4.5 L) of water will be required to produce a flowable consistency. EUCO TREMIE
GROUT should not be placed at a fluid consistency. Mechanically mix for a minimum of 3 minutes then place
the grout. For placements where the clearance is beyond 2" (51 mm), EUCO TREMIE GROUT may be extended
with up to 20 lb (9.1 kg) of 3/8" (9.5 mm) pea gravel per 50 lb (22.7 kg) bag.
Placing: After mixing, grout may be pumped into place. EUCO TREMIE GROUT should be placed continuously.
Curing: No special curing is required when product is placed under water. Air exposed surfaces may be coated
with a curing compound if hot, dry conditions exist.

Clean-up
Clean tools and equipment with water before the material hardens.

Precautions/Limitations
• Store materials in a dry place.
• Do not add admixtures or fluidifiers.
• Keep exposed portions of the grout from freezing until a minimum strength of 4,000 psi (27.6 MPa) is reached.
• Rate of strength gain is significantly affected at temperature extremes.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
72
HI-FLOW GROUT
High-tolerance Non-shrink Grout

Description

grouting
HI-FLOW GROUT is specially designed for use where high tolerance, high strength and high fluidity are required.
It is formulated as a natural aggregate system with a shrinkage-compensating binder and is highly flowable
without sacrificing strength or performance capabilities. HI-FLOW GROUT is formulated to provide consistent
and exacting performance in critical grouting operations.
Primary Applications
• Heavy duty grouting of machinery and equipment • Bridge seats
• Structural columns • Bearing plates
• Crane rails • Anchorages

Features/Benefits
• Highly fluid and extremely placeable for easy field use
• High strength for maximum load bearing
• Non-shrink with minimum positive expansion for high-tolerance performance
• Non-bleeding and non-segregating at a fluid consistency
• Does not contain any chlorides or additives which may contribute to corrosion of base structure
• Total shrinkage compensation provides a maximum bearing surface for the greatest overall support
• Rapid strength gain to minimize turnaround time for equipment regrouts
• Excellent working time at high ambient temperatures
Can contribute to LEED points

Technical Information

Hi-Flow Grout
The following results were determined at laboratory conditions.

Fluid Consistency
Property 1.2 gal/50 lb
(4.5 L/22.7 kg)
Initial 21 seconds
Flow Rate
30 minutes 29 seconds
(ASTM C939/CRD C621)
60 minutes 31 seconds
1 day 3000 psi (21 MPa)
Compressive Strength
3 days 4800 psi (33 MPa)
(ASTM C109 Modified*)
7 days 5000 psi (34 MPa)
2 in (50 mm) cubes
28 days 8500 psi (59 MPa)
Volume Change
1, 3, 7, and 28 days 0.05%
(ASTM C 1090/CRD C 621)
Freeze-Thaw Resistance
93%
Master Format #:
(ASTM C666 Procedure A)
3 days 800 psi (6 MPa)
03 62 13

Flexural Strength
7 days 1000 psi (7 MPa)
(ASTM C 348)
28 days 1100 psi (8 MPa)
Split Tensile Strength
28 days 550 psi (3.7 MPa)
(ASTM C 496)
Setting Time Initial Set 3 hrs 50 min
(ASTM C 191) Final Set 4 hrs 50 min

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
73
Appearance
Appearance: HI-FLOW GROUT is a free flowing powder designed to be mixed with water. After mixing and
placing, the color may initially appear much darker than the surrounding concrete. While this color will lighten
up substantially as the concrete cures and dries out, the grout may always appear somewhat darker than the
surrounding concrete.
Packaging
HI-FLOW GROUT is packaged in 50 lb (22.7 kg) bags and yields 0.45 ft3 (0.013 m3) of fluid grout when mixed
with 1.2 gal (4.5 L) of water.
Shelf Life
6 months in original, unopened package
Specifications/Compliances
• CRD C 621, Corps of Engineers Specification for Non-Shrink Grout
• Shows positive expansion when tested in accordance with ASTM Specification C-1090, “Standard Test Method
for Measuring Changes in Height of Cylindrical Specimens from Hydraulic-Cement Grout”
• ASTM C 1107, “Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (non-shrink)”
Directions for Use
The contractor and engineer are encouraged to consult and review the Euclid Chemical bulletin “Cementitious
Grout Application Guide”. The document offers instructions detailing the general installation of Euclid Chemical
manufactured cement-based grout products.
General Information: While HI-FLOW GROUT is designed to be fluid poured at temperatures ranging from 40oF
to 100oF (4.5oC to 38oC) the product is most easily placed at temperatures of 60oF to 70oF (16oC to 21oC).
When HI-FLOW GROUT will be placed greater than 5” (12.7cm) in depth, contact Euclid Chemical Technical
Support.

Mixing Water Guide gal (L)/bag
Consistency Estimated Water Content Mix Time
Fluid 1.1 to 1.2 (4.2 to 4.5 L ) 5 Min.
Flowable 0.95 to 1.10 (3.6 to 4.6 L) 5 Min.
Plastic. 0.85 to 0.95 (3.2 to 4.2 L) 5 Min.
Placing: HI-FLOW GROUT should be placed continuously.
Curing & Sealing: Proper curing procedures are important to ensure the durability and quality of the grout. Wet
cure the grout until the forms are stripped. Cure the grout with a high solids curing compound, such as SUPER
REZ-SEAL or SUPER AQUA-CURE VOX.
Note: More or less water may be required to achieve a 25 second flow or the desired placing consistency,
depending on temperature and other variables. Do not add sand or cement to the grout since this action will
change its precision grouting characteristics.
Clean-Up
Clean tools and equipment with water before material hardens.
Precautions/Limitations
• Store materials in a dry place.
• Proper curing is required.
• Do not add admixtures or fluidifiers.
• Do not add sufficient water to promote bleeding of the grout.
• Do not use this product at a flow cone rate of less than 20 seconds if checking flow rate on the job site.
• Do not use material at temperatures that may cause premature freezing.
• Keep the grout from freezing until a minimum strength of 4000 psi (28 MPa) is reached.
• Do not use as a topping.
• Employ cold or hot weather grouting practices per ACI standards as the temperature dictates.
• Shoulder cracking may occur on wide shoulders, improperly cured shoulders, or at stress points such as shimpacks,
bolts or plate stiffeners. These cracks are of no structural significance.
• Rate of strength gain is significantly affected at temperature extremes.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.
Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
74
EUCON 37 “P”
High Range Water Reducing Admixture

Description

grouting
EUCON 37 “p” is a powdered, high range water-reducing admixture. No chlorides are used in its formulation;
consequently, it is recommended for prestressed concrete. It is also very compatible with air-entraining agents,
waterproofing agents, calcium chloride and many other admixtures; however, each material should be added
to the concrete separately.

Primary Applications
• High strength concrete • Industrial slabs
• Heavily reinforced concrete • Lightweight concrete
• Prestressed concrete • Watertight concrete
• Drymix shotcrete

Features/Benefits
• Greatly reduces water requirements.
• Produces flowing concrete with controlled delay of slump loss and workability.
• Reduces segregation and bleeding in the plastic concrete.
• Reduces cracking and permeability of hardened concrete.
• When used to produce “flowing” concrete, significantly reduces concrete placement time and cost.

Technical Information

EUCON 37 “P”
Typical Engineering Data
The following results were developed under laboratory conditions:
Compressive Strength % of Control Flexural Strength % of Control
Specification Control Eucon 37 ”P” Specification Control Eucon 37 ”P”
1 day Min 140 100 169.7
3 days Min 125 100 161.4 3 days Min 110 100 144.2
7 days Min 115 100 151.8 7 days Min 100 100 126.2
28 days Min 110 100 153.8 28 days Min 100 100 117.1
6 months Min 100 100 151.4



Typical Slump Loss at 70˚F (21˚C) Relative Durability Factor (%)

Master Format #:
Initial Slump Slump after 30 minutes Min 80% 97.9 96.8
03 30 00

8 1/2” (216 mm) .............................. 7” (178 mm)


9 1/2” (241 mm) .............................. 8” (203 mm)

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
75
Packaging
EUCON 37 “P” is packaged in 55 lb (25 kg) bags.

Shelf Life
1 year in original unopened package.

Specifications/Compliances
EUCON 37 “P” meets or exceeds the following requirements:
• ASTM C 94, Type A & F
• AASHTO M 194
• ACI 201 and ACI 318 Minimal chloride content

Directions for Use


Quantity- EUCON 37 “P” is used at a range of 0.2 to 0.56% by weight of cementitious material. When EUCON
37 “P” is added, at a rate of 0.4% of cement, to a 1”- 3” (25 - 75 mm) slump concrete, it will produce flowable
concrete with a slump of 7”- 10” (180-255 mm).
The slump loss will be gradual up to six (6) hours at a temperature of 72˚F (22˚C) and up to three (3) hours
at a temperature of 120F (49˚C) when proper quantities of EUCON 37 “P” are used. Variations in slump loss
and setting characteristics are a function of the amount of admixture used, cement characteristics and the mix
design selected. An increase in concrete temperature will cause an increase in slump loss and a decrease in
initial set time.

Suggested Quantities
Initial Slump (inches (mm) Dosage (% by wt cement
4” (102) 0.25 - 0.30
3” (76) 0.30 - 0.38
2 1/2” (64) 0.38 - 0.44
2” (51) 0.44 - 0.50
1 1/2” (38) 0.50 - 0.56
Formwork: Forms for walls or narrow sections must be watertight, strong and have good bracing. During the
“flowing period”, when the concrete is at a slump of 7” to 9” (180-230 mm), the concrete will exert a higher
pressure at the base of the form than conventional concrete. Formwork for slabs is the same as for conventional
concrete.

Precautions/Limitations
• The use of EUCON 37 “P” varies with every application. Therefore, The Engineering or Technical Services
Departments of The Euclid Chemical Company should be consulted whenever a question on usage or
compatibility with other admixtures is raised. Many successful mix designs are on file and can be an excellent
reference when preparing a project mix design.
• To minimize concrete problems at concrete temperatures higher than 75˚F (24˚C), or in windy weather, follow
recommendations of ACI 305-89 report, “Hot Weather Concreting”.
• Add to mix independent of other admixtures.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
76
EUCON SET STOP
Cement Stabilizer Packets

Description

grouting
EUCON Set Stop is a powdered chemical admixture specially formulated to retard mixes for extended periods of
time and is packaged in dissolvable paper bags for convenient dosing to grout, concrete and shotcrete mixes.
EUCON Set Stop will virtually stop the hydration of cement during hot weather or extended pumping operations.
EUCON Set Stop when used in combination with other water reducing admixtures can help to extend slump
times. EUCON Set Stop prevents normal hydration of the portland cement for up to 96 hours depending upon
the dosage rate used and can be dosed and re-dosed anytime after cement and water have been mixed.

Primary Applications
• Grouting Applications
• Shotcreting operations in mines and tunnels
• Concrete haulage applications
• Emergency cement stabilization for transmixer breakdowns

Features/Benefits

• Buckets can easily be kept on mobile equipment


• Material will not freeze like liquid admixtures
• Can be added to stop hydration in a mix and re-doesed as needed
• Consistant dosage response

Eucon SET SToP


Shelf Life
2 years in original, unopened container.

Specifications/Compliances
Meets ASTM C 494 Type D Admixture

Packaging
EUCON Set Stop is packaged in red pails containing 50 half-pound dissolvable bags.

Technical Information
Performance Data:
The following testing was obtain under field conditions:
1.33 yd3 (1m3) ‘Neat’ Grout mixture

Master Format #:
Type III Portland Cement
0.50 Water:Cement
00 0000

Ambient temperature - 77oF (25oC)


Mixture temperature - 86oF (30oC)

Eucon Set Stop Content Initial Set (hr:min)


None 1:35
1 Packette 3:05
2 Packettes 3:55
3 Packettes 4:45

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
77
Directions for Use

Once cement and water are completely mixed, add dissolvable pack(s) directly to mix and mix for approximately
3 minutes. Extender addition: Add dissolvable packs to the mix at any time during transport/holding and mix
at high speed for approximately 3 minutes. Note that a higher dosage of Eucon Red may be required for an
extender addition depending on amount of time since initial dosing and/or initial batching time.

Dosage
Eucon Red must be evaluated with each mix and application to accurately determine the proper dosage. When
first using Eucon Red with a particular mix, set times and mix temperatures should be closely monitored to
determine proper dosage for that mix. Overdosing Eucon Red will not harm the mix but can extend set time for
several days.

Precautions/Limitations
• Wear protective goggles and gloves when handling EUCON Set Stop
• Only add to mixture after cement and water are thruroughly mixed
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use
• Test mixes should be performed to determine dosage rates for particular materials and conditions

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
78
EUCON AWA
Anti-washout Admixture

Description

Grouting
EUCON AWA is a ready to use liquid admixture designed to prevent the loss of cement and fine aggregate
during the placement of underwater concrete. EUCON AWA is a blend of different powerful ingredients and
colloidal agents that act primarily on the water preventing the cement paste from washing out during casting
under water. EUCON AWA provides superior slump retention while greatly reducing the environmental impact
due to cement wash out in below water applications.

Primary Applications
• Underwater bridge repair
• Dam repair below the waterline
• Underwater grouting and mortar application
• Damming underground rivers/lakes in mining operations
• Anti-segregation aid for use with lightweight and heavyweight aggregates
• Reduction or elimination of concrete bleed water for use with fast track construction

Features/Benefits
• Minimal environmental impact due to cement washout
• Eliminates the need for expensive de-watering during underwater construction
• Greatly reduces or eliminates concrete bleed water
• Superior slump retention

Eucon AWA
• Does not effect water demand when slump is maintained
• Easily metered with standard admixture dispensing equipment

Technical Information
Appearance
EUCON AWA is a medium viscosity, dark brown liquid which will not discolor concrete.

Packaging
EUCON AWA is packaged in 275 gal (1041 L) totes, 55 gal (208 L) drums and 5 gal (18.9 L) pails.

Shelf Life
6 months in original, unopened container. Master Format #:
03 3000

Specifications/Compliances
• Meets ASTM C 494 Types S

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
79
Directions for Use
Underwater Applications
To reduce the washout of cement and fine aggregates when placing concrete underwater, 10 to 32 oz per 100 lb
(0.65 to 2.1 L/100 kg) of cement is recommended. At a dosage rate of 25 oz per 100 lb (1.6 L/100 kg) of cement,
set retardation may be 6 to 10 hours. In non air entrained concrete applications, the concrete should be batched
and the slump adjusted either with water or HRWR prior to the addition of EUCON AWA.
Do not use water to adjust slump after EUCON AWA has been dispensed, instead, adjust slump through the use
of a superplasticizer such as EUCON 37. Contact Euclid Chemical for a product recommendation.
If air entrainment is desired, the addition of the air entraining admixture should be done at the beginning of the
batching sequence. EUCON AWA should be added before the HRWR to insure an adequate air void system.
For further recommendations on underwater concreting and underwater concrete mix designs, please consult
the ACI 304, “Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete”.

Precautions / Limitations
• Do not allow material to freeze
• Superplasticizers must be used to increase slump after the addition of EUCON AWA
• Significant set retardation may occur with the use of this product
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
80
Dural Aqua-Dam
Hydrophobic Polyurethane Grouting System

Description

Grouting
DURAL AQUA-DAM is a hydrophobic polyurethane compound that is injected in concrete and other sound
substrates to stop water from entering into occupied or unwanted places. The reaction time of the DURAL
AQUA-DAM is controlled through the use of its accelerator, known as DURAL AQUACCELERATOR. DURAL
AQUA-DAM forms a water tight seal within the substrate, that remains even after the water has subsided.

Primary Applications
• Leaking cracks and joints • Mines & tunnels
• Water treatment facilities • Sewers & manholes
• Wastewater treatment facilities • Below grade walls subject to high water tables

Features/Benefits
• ANSI/NSF 61 Certified • Bonds to wet and dry substrates
• Fast reaction time with added accelerator • Needs very little water to react and cure
• Very little shrinkage • Remains active when the water subsides
• Excellent elongation to handle moving cracks
and joints

Technical Information

DUral Aqua-Dam
Typical Properties - Liquid Results Test Method
Viscosity @ 77°F (25°C) 500 cps ASTM D 1638
Specific Gravity 1.058 -
Physical State Liquid -
Color Amber -

Typical Properties - Cured Results Test Method


Density 4 lb/ft (64 kg/m )
3 3
ASTM D 1622
Elongation 40% ASTM D 638
Tensile Strength 27 psi (0.19 MPa) ASTM D 638
Shear Strength 16 psi (0.11 MPa) ASTM C 273
Water Absorption < 1% by volume ASTM D 2842

Typical Reaction Profile

Master Format #:
Aquaccelerator 0% 1.25% 2.5%
Percentage
03 64 00

Initial Foam Not Recommended 50 sec 15 seconds


Reaction Time Not Recommended 3 min 20 sec 1 min 5 seconds

Packaging/Yield
DURAL AQUA-DAM is packaged in 5 gal (19 L) pails and 55 gal (208 L) drums. DURAL AQUACCELERATOR
is packaged in 1 pint (0.47 L) cans and 5 gal (19 L) pails. DURAL PUMP RINSE is packaged in 5 gal (19 L)
pails only.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
81
Shelf Life
All materials have a 3 year shelf life in their original, unopened packages. Products are moisture sensitive and need
to remain in airtight containers.

Specifications/Compliances
• ANSI/NSF 61

Directions for Use


Surface & Crack Preparation: To ensure the project is completed properly, clean the exterior of the surface so that the
full extent of the crack or joint can be seen. This will aid in proper hole drilling. Start by determining the thickness of the
concrete substrate that will be repaired. This will be used in the spacing of packers. Starting at the lowest point of the
crack; triangulate the position of the first hole to be drilled, so it will intersect the crack at a 45° angle, half-way through
the thickness of the concrete. Drill a 5/8” (16 mm) hole in this position and ensure that the bit used is long enough to
pass through the crack. Drill the next hole in the same manner on the opposite side of the crack. The spacing between
holes should be equal to the thickness of the concrete. Continue to drill holes in the same manner, moving up the crack
until the entire length of the crack or joint has an equal chance of receiving the grout. Install 5/8” (16 mm) injection
packers into the drilled holes and tighten. Inject water through the packers to make sure they don’t leak around the
sides. This water injection will also flush out any dust and debris that is in the crack due to the drilling process.

Mixing: Prior to injecting DURAL AQUA-DAM, properly stir the material and the accelerator. Do not use high speed
mixing equipment and avoid whipping air into the product. Pour the appropriate amount of DURAL AQUACCELERATOR
into the DURAL AQUA-DAM and mix on slow speed for a minute or two, to ensure the accelerator is fully mixed in. The
mixing ratios are as follows:

DURAL AQUA-DAM DURAL AQUACCELERATOR

Package Size Standard Amount Minimum Maximum



5 gal (19 L) Pail 16 oz. (0.47 L) 8 oz. (0.24 L) 32 oz. (0.94 L)

55 gal (208 L) Drum 1.25 gal (4.75 L) 80 oz. (2.4 L) 2.5 gal (9.5 L)

The standard mixing ratio should be used in most instances. Do not mix less than the minimum amount of accelerator
because the material may not react correctly, especially in colder weather. Do not add more than the maximum amount
of accelerator or the material risks shrinking, thus allowing water to pass through the crack or joint again.

Placement: Once the injection packers have been set and the drilled holes and crack have been flushed out with water,
the injection of the material can begin. Start at the lowest point of a vertical crack and work upwards. Pump DURAL
AQUA-DAM into the packer until foaming material comes out the face of the crack and starts to approach the next
packer. On a horizontal crack, start at the end that was first installed and flushed with water. The more water left in the
crack and injection site, the better. Move the injection head to the second packer and repeat for the entire length of the
crack. A standard airless paint pump can be used for this application. Typical injection pressure into cracks is 200-3000
psi (1.4-20 MPa), depending on the width and depth of the crack. For large cracks and joints, oakum rope or a similar
open celled structure device can be soaked in DURAL AQUA-DAM and placed into the crack or joint. Once the DURAL
AQUA-DAM has cured, the packers can be removed or cut-off, flush with the surrounding surface. Any grout cured
outside of the face of the crack can be cut-back with a margin trowel or similar scraping tool. The packer holes can then
be filled in with Euclid Chemical’s Speed Plug hydraulic cement and finished as desired.

Clean-Up
Use all appropriate protective equipment. Avoid contact with the active grout. Use DURAL PUMP RINSE to clean out the
lines of the injection equipment. DURAL PUMP RINSE can be left in the lines as a primer, prior to the next project. Be
sure to expel all DURAL PUMP RINSE from the lines prior to the next grouting job, or it will drastically affect the curing
capability of the grout.
Precautions/Limitations
• Colder temperatures will affect the viscosity and setting times of the product.
• Avoid exceeding 90°F (32°C) when warming product.
• Water mixed with DURAL AQUA-DAM must be in the pH range of 3-10.
• Store material in moisture free packaging. Atmospheric moisture can cause a foam “head” on the product inside of
pail. Remove the foam and the remaining material can be used.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use. Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
82
Dural Aqua-Fil
Hydrophilic Polyurethane Grouting System

Description

Grouting
DURAL AQUA-FIL is a single component hydrophilic polyurethane compound that is injected in concrete and
other sound natural substrates to stop water from entering into occupied or unwanted places. DURAL AQUA-FIL
follows the path of water into fine cracks and fissures within the substrate. DURAL AQUA-FIL forms a water tight
seal within cracks and joints, while providing good chemical resistance.

Primary Applications
• Leaking cracks and joints • Mines & tunnels
• Water & wastewater treatment facilities • Sewers & manholes
• Repair of faulty or misplaced waterstops • Below grade walls subject to high water tables

Features/Benefits
• Tenacious bond to wet and dry substrates • Seeks out water within the crack and all its fissures
• Provides good chemical resistance • Excellent elongation to handle moving cracks and joints
• Can seal small and large cracks within concrete and other natural substrates

Technical Information

DUral Aqua-Fil
Typical Properties - Liquid Results Test Method
Viscosity @ 77°F (25°C) 500 cps ASTM D 1638
Specific Gravity 1.16 -
Physical State Liquid -
Color Pale Yellow -

Typical Properties - Cured Results Test Method


Density 5 lb/ft (80 kg/m )
3 3
ASTM D 1622
Elongation 360% ASTM D 638
Tensile Strength 335 psi (2.3 MPa) ASTM D 638
Shear Strength 153 psi (1.0 MPa) ASTM C 273

Typical Reaction Profile


Initial Foam 30 seconds
Reaction Time 6 minutes Master Format #:
03 64 00

Packaging/Yield
DURAL AQUA-FIL is packaged in 5 gal (19 L) pails and 55 gal (208 L) drums. DURAL PUMP RINSE is
packaged in 5 gal (19 L) pails only.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
83
Shelf Life
DURAL AQUA-FIL has a 3 year shelf life in its original, unopened package. The product is moisture sensitive and
needs to remain in an airtight container.

Directions for Use


Surface & Crack Preparation: To ensure the project is completed properly, clean the exterior of the surface so that the
full extent of the crack or joint can be seen. This will aid in proper hole drilling. Start by determining the thickness of
the concrete substrate that is to be repaired. This will be used in the spacing of packers. Starting at the lowest point
of the crack; triangulate the position of the first hole to be drilled, so that it will intersect the crack at a 45° angle, half-
way through the thickness of the concrete. Drill a 5/8” (16mm) hole in this position and ensure that the bit used is
long enough to pass through the crack. Drill the next hole in the same manner on the opposite side of the crack. The
spacing between holes should be equal to the thickness of the concrete. Continue to drill holes in the same manner,
moving up the crack until the entire length of the crack or joint has an equal chance of receiving the grout. Install 5/8”
(16mm) injection packers into the drilled holes and tighten. Inject water through the packers to make sure they don’t
leak around the sides. This water injection will also flush out any dust and debris that is in the crack due to the drilling
process.

Mixing: Prior to injecting DURAL AQUA-FIL, properly stir the material thoroughly. Do not use high speed mixing
equipment, for that will “whip” air into the product.

Placement: Once the injection packers have been set and the drilled holes and crack have been flushed out with water,
the injection of the material can begin. Start at the lowest point of a vertical crack and work upwards. Pump DURAL
AQUA-FIL into the packer until foaming material comes out the face of the crack and starts to approach the next packer.
On a horizontal crack, start at the end that was first installed and flushed with water. The more water left in the crack and
injection site, the better. Move the injection head to the second packer and repeat until you have moved the entire length
of the crack. Follow the injection of DURAL AQUA-FIL with a good flush of water through the ports. DURAL AQUA-FIL
uses water to react and cure. A standard airless paint pump can be used for the injection of the grout and water. Typical
injection pressure into cracks is 200-3000 psi (1.4-20 MPa), depending on the width and depth of the crack. For large
cracks and joints, oakum rope or a similar open celled structure device can be used to soak in DURAL AQUA-FIL and
then placed into the crack or joint. Once the DURAL AQUA-FIL has cured, the packers can be removed or cut-off, flush
with the surrounding surface. The grout that has cured outside of the face of the crack can be cut-back with a margin
trowel or similar scraping tool. The packer holes can then be filled in with Euclid Chemical’s SPEED PLUG hydraulic
cement and finished as desired.

Clean-Up
Use all appropriate protective equipment. Avoid contact with the active grout. Use DURAL PUMP RINSE to clean out the
lines of the injection equipment. DURAL PUMP RINSE can be left in the lines as a primer, prior to the next project. Be
sure to expel all DURAL PUMP RINSE from the lines prior to the next grouting job, for it will drastically affect the curing
capability of the grout.

Precautions/Limitations
• Colder temperatures will affect the viscosity and setting times of the product.
• Avoid exceeding 90°F (32°C) when warming product.
• Water used to react DURAL AQUA-FIL must be in the pH range of 3-10.
• Store material in moisture free packaging. Atmospheric moisture may get to product causing a foam “head”
inside of pail. This can be peeled off and the material below can still be usable.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
84
Dural Pump Rinse
Injection Pump Cleaner/Primer

Description

Grouting
DURAL PUMP RINSE is a non-flammable, solvent free fluid used to clean out the lines of polyurethane grout injection
equipment. DURAL PUMP RINSE can also be left in the pump lines as a primer.

Primary Applications
• Injection pump cleaner • Priming lines of injection pumps

Features/Benefits
• Non-flammable, non-corrosive
• Contains no solvents
• Thoroughly cleans urethane grouting equipment, ensuring a moisture-free injection system

Technical Information

Typical Properties Result


Specific Gravity @ 77°F (25°C) 0.96
Viscosity @ 77°F (25°C) 122 cps
Flash Point 450°F (232°C)

DUral Pump Rinse


Packaging
DURAL PUMP RINSE is packaged in 5 gallon (18.9 L) pails.

Shelf Life
DURAL PUMP RINSE has a shelf life of 3 years in original, unopened containers.

Directions for Use


Pour DURAL PUMP RINSE into both A side and B side pump tanks. Use a scrubrush to remove any grout
residue from the sides or bottom of tanks. Dispense The DURAL PUMP RINSE through hoses into an
appropriate waste receptacle. Add clean DURAL PUMP RINSE into the pump and prime the lines, leaving the
DURAL PUMP RINSE in the pump until the next project. Be sure to expel all DURAL PUMP RINSE from the
lines prior to the next grouting job, because remaining material will drastically affect the curing capability of
urethane grouts. Master Format #:
11 01 20

Precautions/Limitations
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
85
Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
86
backfill and annulus grouting
Backfill and Annulus Grouting

Backfill Admixtures
Eucofill 30 89
Eucofill 31 91
Eucofill 32 93
Eucon 37P 95
Eucon Easy Fill 97
EUCO-FILL 30

backfill and annulus grouting


Water Reducing Admixture

Description
EUCO-FILL 30 is a liquid, water reducing and plasticizing admixture for paste backfill. EUCO-FILL 30 is a normal
set admixture that will normally offer a significant increase in compressive strength to the mix.

Primary Applications
• Paste backfill mixes

Features/Benefits
• Improves rheological properties
• Increases compressive strength at all ages
• Reduces water addition requirements
• Reduces shrinkage and permeability in hardened fill

Technical Information
Compressive strength increases in excess of 35% at 28 days have been observed.

Packaging
EUCO-FILL 30 is packaged in bulk, 275 gal (1041 L) totes and 55 gal (208 L) drums.

EUCO-FILL 30
Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened container

dosage
EUCO-FILL 30 is typically used at dosage rates of 2 to 17 oz/ton (350 to 1200 ml/tonne) of backfill for most
applications. Dosage is dependent on the characteristics of the materials being used. As the quantity of
admixture is increased, the flowability will increase.

Directions for Use


EUCO-FILL 30 is dispersed into either the water or the entire mix. It should not come in contact with dry
cement or other admixtures until they are mixed into the fill. EUCO-FILL 30 is compatible with other admixtures;

Master Format #:
however, each admixture should be added to the mix separately. 03 30 00

Precautions/Limitations
• EUCO-FILL 30 will freeze at 29°F (-2°C) but will return to its original state after thawing and thorough mixing.
• At higher than recommended dosage rates, an accelerating effect can occur.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
89
Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
90
EUCO-FILL 31

backfill and annulus grouting


Water Reducing Normal Setting Admixture

Description
EUCO-FILL 31 is a liquid, water reducinig and plasticizing admixture for both rockfill and tailings fill. EUCO-FILL
31 is a normal set admixture containing a modified organic polymer of sodium glucoheptonate. Both rockfill and
paste fills have exhibited increased compressive strengths when EUCO-FILL 31 was added to the mix.

Primary Applications
• Rockfill mixes
• Paste backfill mixes

Features/Benefits
• Improves rheological properties
• Reduces segregation
• Reduces water addition requirements
• Reduces shrinkage and permeability in hardened fill

Technical Information
Compressive strengths from 3 to 28 days normally show increases in excess of 20% over control mixes.

Packaging

EUCO-FILL 31
EUCO-FILL 31 is packaged in bulk, 275 gal (1041 L) totes and 55 gal (208 L) drums.

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened container

dosage
EUCO-FILL 31 is typically used at dosage rates of 2 to 10 oz/ton (130 to 750 ml/tonne) of backfill for most
applications. Dosage is dependent on the characteristics of the materials being used. As the quantity of admixture
is increased, the flowability will increase. When half the recommended dosage is surpassed, retardation of the
setting time should become apparent and become longer with increasing dosage.

Directions for Use


EUCO-FILL 31 is dispersed into either the water or the entire mix. It should not come in contact with dry cement

Master Format #:
or other admixtures until they are mixed into the fill. EUCO-FILL 31 is compatible with other admixtures; however,
each admixture should be added to the mix separately.
03 30 00

Precautions/Limitations
• Care should be taken to maintain EUCO-FILL 31 above freezing; however, freezing and subsequent thawing
will not harm the material if thoroughly agitated.
• Never agitate with air.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
91
Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
92
EUCO-FILL 32

backfill and annulus grouting


WATER REDUCING-RETARDING ADMIXTURE

Description
EUCO-FILL 32 is a liquid, water reducing and plasticizing admixture for both rockfill and tailings fill. EUCO-FILL
32 is a normal set admixture when used at lower dosages but can be dosed to provide both plasticizing and
retarding features. Both rockfill and paste fills have exhibited increased compressive strengths when EUCO-
FILL 32 was added to the mix.

Primary Applications
• Rockfill mixes
• Paste backfill mixes

Features/Benefits
• Improves rheological properties
• Reduces segregation
• Reduces water addition requirements
• Can retard set at proper dosage
• Reduces shrinkage and permeability in hardened fill

Technical Information
Packaging
Compressive strengths from 3 to 28 days normally show increases in excess of 25% over control mixes.

Packaging

EUCO-FILL 32
EUCO-FILL 31 is packaged in bulk, 275 gal (1041 L) totes and 55 gal (208 L) drums.

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened container

dosage
EUCO-FILL 32 is typically used at dosage rates of 2 to 10 oz/ton (100 to 750 ml/tonne) of backfill for most
applications. Dosage is dependent on the characteristics of the materials being used. As the quantity of
admixture is increased, the flowability will increase. When half the recommended dosage is surpassed,
retardation of the setting time should become apparent and become longer with increasing dosage.

Directions for Use


EUCO-FILL 32 is dispersed into either the water or the entire mix. It should not come in contact with dry
Master Format #:
cement or other admixtures until they are mixed into the fill. EUCO-FILL 32 is compatible with other admixtures;
however, each admixture should be added to the mix separately.
03 30 00

Precautions/Limitations
• Care should be taken to maintain EUCO-FILL 32 above freezing; however, freezing and subsequent thawing
will not harm the material if thoroughly agitated.
• Never agitate with air.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
93
Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
94
EUCON 37 “P”

backfill and annulus grouting


High Range Water Reducing Admixture

Description
EUCON 37 “p” is a powdered, high range water-reducing admixture. No chlorides are used in its formulation;
consequently, it is recommended for prestressed concrete. It is also very compatible with air-entraining agents,
waterproofing agents, calcium chloride and many other admixtures; however, each material should be added
to the concrete separately.

Primary Applications
• High strength concrete • Industrial slabs
• Heavily reinforced concrete • Lightweight concrete
• Prestressed concrete • Watertight concrete
• Drymix shotcrete

Features/Benefits
• Greatly reduces water requirements.
• Produces flowing concrete with controlled delay of slump loss and workability.
• Reduces segregation and bleeding in the plastic concrete.
• Reduces cracking and permeability of hardened concrete.
• When used to produce “flowing” concrete, significantly reduces concrete placement time and cost.

Technical Information

EUCON 37 “P”
Typical Engineering Data
The following results were developed under laboratory conditions:
Compressive Strength % of Control Flexural Strength % of Control
Specification Control Eucon 37 ”P” Specification Control Eucon 37 ”P”
1 day Min 140 100 169.7
3 days Min 125 100 161.4 3 days Min 110 100 144.2
7 days Min 115 100 151.8 7 days Min 100 100 126.2
28 days Min 110 100 153.8 28 days Min 100 100 117.1
6 months Min 100 100 151.4



Typical Slump Loss at 70˚F (21˚C) Relative Durability Factor (%)

Master Format #:
Initial Slump Slump after 30 minutes Min 80% 97.9 96.8
03 30 00

8 1/2” (216 mm) .............................. 7” (178 mm)


9 1/2” (241 mm) .............................. 8” (203 mm)

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
95
Packaging
EUCON 37 “P” is packaged in 55 lb (25 kg) bags.

Shelf Life
1 year in original unopened package.

Specifications/Compliances
EUCON 37 “P” meets or exceeds the following requirements:
• ASTM C 94, Type A & F
• AASHTO M 194
• ACI 201 and ACI 318 Minimal chloride content

Directions for Use


Quantity- EUCON 37 “P” is used at a range of 0.2 to 0.56% by weight of cementitious material. When EUCON
37 “P” is added, at a rate of 0.4% of cement, to a 1”- 3” (25 - 75 mm) slump concrete, it will produce flowable
concrete with a slump of 7”- 10” (180-255 mm).
The slump loss will be gradual up to six (6) hours at a temperature of 72˚F (22˚C) and up to three (3) hours
at a temperature of 120F (49˚C) when proper quantities of EUCON 37 “P” are used. Variations in slump loss
and setting characteristics are a function of the amount of admixture used, cement characteristics and the mix
design selected. An increase in concrete temperature will cause an increase in slump loss and a decrease in
initial set time.

Suggested Quantities
Initial Slump (inches (mm) Dosage (% by wt cement
4” (102) 0.25 - 0.30
3” (76) 0.30 - 0.38
2 1/2” (64) 0.38 - 0.44
2” (51) 0.44 - 0.50
1 1/2” (38) 0.50 - 0.56
Formwork: Forms for walls or narrow sections must be watertight, strong and have good bracing. During the
“flowing period”, when the concrete is at a slump of 7” to 9” (180-230 mm), the concrete will exert a higher
pressure at the base of the form than conventional concrete. Formwork for slabs is the same as for conventional
concrete.

Precautions/Limitations
• The use of EUCON 37 “P” varies with every application. Therefore, The Engineering or Technical Services
Departments of The Euclid Chemical Company should be consulted whenever a question on usage or
compatibility with other admixtures is raised. Many successful mix designs are on file and can be an excellent
reference when preparing a project mix design.
• To minimize concrete problems at concrete temperatures higher than 75˚F (24˚C), or in windy weather, follow
recommendations of ACI 305-89 report, “Hot Weather Concreting”.
• Add to mix independent of other admixtures.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
96
EUCON EASY FILL

backfill and annulus grouting


Admixture For Flowable Fill

Description
EUCON EASY FILL is a ready to use liquid admixture designed to increase the air content of controlled flowable
fill. EUCON EASY FILL may be used with set controlling and modifying admixtures. EUCON EASY FILL should
only be used in Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) with pre-determined hardened properties.
Primary Applications
• Street and highway surfaces • Back-fill applications
• Utility excavations • Pipe bedding
• Building excavations • Road base

Features/Benefits
• Controlled low strength, easy to excavate
• Non-bleeding, reduced settlement material resulting in volume stable installation
• High flow reducing labor costs
• Economical, reducing costs
• Self compaction - no vibration

technical information
Appearance: EUCON EASY FILL is an amber colored material.

Packaging

Eucon Easy Fill


EUCON EASY FILL is packaged in 4/1 gal (3.8 L) cases. EUCON EASY FILL should be stored at temperatures
above 32°F (0°C). Contact your local Euclid sales professional for dispensing bottles.

Shelf Life
2 years in original, unopened container.
Directions for Use
Compatibility
EUCON EASY FILL is compatible with most other concrete admixtures. Contact your local Euclid Chemical
Representative for details and mix recommendations. Do not use EUCON EASY FILL in conventional concrete.
Usage Information
EUCON EASY FILL should be used in mixes with an initial slump of 1" to 2" (25 to 50 mm). Do not exceed 3"
(75mm) initial slump. The addition rate of EUCON EASY FILL should be 3 oz (115 ml/m3) per cubic yard of
material. EUCON EASY FILL should be deposited directly on the material, preferably job site added, for best
results.
After addition of EUCON EASY FILL mix for a minimum of 5 minutes at mixing speed. The target final slump
Master Format #:
should be 7" to 9" (180-230 mm). Air content will be material dependent. Expected air contents should be in
the 25% to 35% range using ASTM C 33 concrete sand. Material mixes should be adjusted for yield dependent
03 3400

on air content.
Material Mixes
EUCON EASY FILL material mixes should be designed using local material to meet specific job site specifications.
Contact your local Euclid Chemical Representative for a starting point in proportioning material mixes. Typical
EUCON EASY FILL mix designs are available by contacting The Euclid Chemical Company.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
97
Precautions / Limitations
• Do not allow material to freeze.
• Consult your local Euclid Chemical Representative for the proper dosage rate adjustments when using fly ash,
slag or high range water reducers.
• Add to the mix independent of other admixtures.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
98
Geotechnical
Geotechnical

Euco THX 101


Eucon 37 103
Eucon 37P 105
Eucon WO (Geotechnical) 107
Dural Mud Lock 109
Eucon Set Stop 111
EUCO THX
Admixture For High Strength, Non-Shrink Grouts
for Geotechnical Applications

Geotechnical
Description
EUCO THX is a powdered admixture which aids in the production of high strength, non-shrink grouts. It is ideally
suited for grouting rock and soil anchors, micropiles, rockbolts and soilnails. High early strength grouts can
be produced (5,000 psi in 24 hours) which allows for early stressing of anchors and loading of micropiles. No
chlorides are used in the formulation.
High strength grouts are made using low water – cement ratio grouts (<0.45 – 1.0). Admixtures such as EUCO
THX increase grout flowability at low water – cement ratios allowing them to be pumped and placed with ease.
Additional components of EUCO THX provide for expansion of the grout to compensate for cement grouts
normal tendency to shrink which provides a non-shrink grout.
Primary Applications
• Rock and Soil Anchors
• Micropiles
• Soil Nails
• Rockbolts
• All grouting appilcations where high strength, non-shrink grouts are required

Features/Benefits
• Enables the production of higher early and ultimate strength grouts
• Reduces or eliminates grout shrinkage
• Enhances flowability of cement grouts

EUCO THX
• Can produce a thixotropic mix that reduces grout mobility once placed
• Increases grout durability

Packaging
EUCO THX is available in 25 lb (11.4 kg) pails and 220 lbs (100 kg) poly drums.

Shelf Life
6 months in original, unopened container.

Specifications/Compliances
EUCO THX meets or exceeds the requirements of ASTM C 937.

Dosage
EUCO THX is generally dosed at rates ranging from 2 to 6 lbs/100lbs (2 to 6 kg/100 kg) of cementitious material.

Master Format #:
03 30 00

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
101
Directions for Use
EUCO THX can be added to regular anchor grout mixes to improve flowability and increase grout strength and
reduce grout shrinkage. To increase early and ultimate grout strength and further reduce or eliminate shrinkage,
use 4 to 4 ½ gallons of water per 94 pound sack of cement and 5 to 6 pounds of EUCO THX. Grout strength
and shrinkage will vary depending on cement used, so always test grout mixes prior to production grouting.
When casting sample cubes always use brass molds to provide confinement against expansion during curing.

Precautions/Limitations

• Test mixes may be required due to variations in local materials and conditions
• Add to mix independent of other admixtures.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
102
EUCON 37
High Range Water Reducer - Geotechnical

Geotechnical
Description
EUCON 37 is an admixture for enhancing the flowability of cement grouts and concrete. Low water - cement
ratio grouts and concrete can be easily mixed and pumped using this admixture. Lower water : cement enable
higher early and ultimate strength mixtures to be made. It is specially suited for geotechnical cement grouting
applications where flowability is required without sacrificing strength or durability. No chlorides are used in the
formulation so it’s ideally suited for grouting tendons, anchors and micropiles.

Primary Applications
• Rock and Soil Anchors
• Micropiles • Cement Permeation Grouting
• Soil Nails • Microfine Cement Grouting

Features/Benefits
• Enables the production of higher strength grouts
• Enhances flowability of cement grouts
• Allows for the mixing and placing of low water – cement ratio grouts
• Decreases grout cohesion for greater penetration into fissures and pore spaces
• Decreases grout bleed; Increases grout durability

Eucon 37
Technical Information
Performance Data:
The following test results were achieved using typical ASTM C 494 mix design requirements, 517 lb/yd3
(307 kg/m3) cement content and similar (± 0.5)% air content. These results were obtained under laboratory
conditions with materials and mix designs meeting the specifications of ASTM C 494. Changes in materials and
mix designs can affect the dosage response of EUCON 37.

Master Format #:
03 3000

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
103
Packaging
EUCON 37 is packaged in bulk, 275 gal (1041 L) totes, 55 gal (208 L) drums and 5 gal (18.9 L) pails.

Shelf Life
2 years in original, unopened package.

Specifications/Compliances
• Fully complies with the requirements of ASTM C 494, Types A & F admixtures.
• Fully complies with the requirements of AASHTO M 194.
• ANSI/NSF STD 61

Directions for Use


Anchor, Micropile, Soil Nail Grouts
When 7 day grout strengths of 4,000 psi are required, use 4 ½ to 5 gallons of water per 94 pound sack of
cement. When all the cement has been added to the mixer and mixed, add approximately 8 ounces of
EUCON 37 per sack of cement to the mixer. The grout can be dosed with up to 32 ounces total EUCON 37
should it be needed to increase flowability.

High Early Strength Anchor, Micropile, Soil Nail Grouts


When early stressing of anchors or loading of piles is required, high strengths (5,000+ psi) can be achieved
within 24 hours. Use approximately 4 gallons of water per 94 pound sack of cement with 16 ounces of
EUCON 37. Mix as described above. Additional admixture can be used (up to 32 ounces total) if the grout
flowability is not sufficient. The actual grout strength is dependent on cement used and site conditions. Test
all grout mixes prior to using.

Cement Grouting
For permeation grouting of rock and soils, use 8 to 20 ounces of EUCON 37 for each pounds of cementitious
materials (cement, flyash, slag, silica fume). For greatest effect, a stabilizing agent such as bentonite or
biopolymer should be used to reduce bleed and increase pressure filtration. Additional admixture can be used
(up to 32 ounces total) if the grout flowability is not sufficient.

Precautions / Limitations
• Care should be taken to maintain EUCON 37 above freezing; however, freezing and subsequent thawing will
not harm the material if thoroughly agitated. Never agitate with air or an air lance.
• Keep concrete from freezing until a minimum strength of 1000 psi (7 MPa) is reached.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.
• Test mixes may be required due to variations in local materials and conditions

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
104
EUCON 37 “P”
Cementitious Grout Fluidifying Admixture

Geotechnical
Description
EUCON 37 is a powdered admixture used for enhancing the flowability of cement grouts. Low water - cement
ratio grouts can be easily mixed and pumped using this admixture. Low water : cement grouts enable higher
early and ultimate strength grouts to be made. It is specially suited for geotechnical cement grouting applications
where flowability is required without sacrificing strength or durability. No chlorides are used in the formulation so
it’s ideally suited for grouting tendons, anchors and micropiles.

Primary Applications
• Rock and Soil Anchors • Microfine
• Micropiles • Watertight concrete
• Cement Permeation

Features/Benefits
• As the powder for of Eucon 37, it is easier to store and transport
• Enables the production of higher strength grouts
• Enahnces flowability of cementitious grouts
• Allows for the mixing and placing of low water : cementitious grouts
• Decreases grout cohesion for greater penetration into fissures and pore spaces
• Decreases grout bleed and increases grout durability

EUCON 37 “P”
Technical Information

Typical Engineering Data


The following results were developed under laboratory conditions:
Compressive Strength % of Control
Specification Control Eucon 37 ”P” Flexural Strength % of Control
1 day Min 140 100 169.7 Specification Control Eucon 37 ”P”
3 days Min 125 100 161.4
7 days Min 115 100 151.8 3 days Min 110 100 144.2
28 days Min 110 100 153.8 7 days Min 100 100 126.2
6 months Min 100 100 151.4 28 days Min 100 100 117.1
Master Format #:
Relative Durability Factor
03 30 00


Min 80% 97.93% 96.79%

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
105
Packaging
EUCON 37 “P” is packaged in 5 gal (18.9 L) pails

Shelf Life
2 year in original unopened package.

Specifications/Compliances
EUCON 37 “P” meets or exceeds the following requirements:
• ASTM C 94, Type A & F
• AASHTO M 194
• ACI 201 and ACI 318 Minimal chloride content

Directions for Use


Anchor, Micropile, Soil Nail Grouts
When 7 day grout strengths of 4,000 psi are required, use 4 ½ to 5 gallons of water per 94 pound sack of cement.
When all the cement has been added to the mixer and mixed, add approximately two scoops of EUCON 37P per
sack of cement to the mixer. The grout can be dosed with up to 4 scoops total EUCON 37P should it be needed to
increase flowability.

High Early Strength Anchor, Micropile, Soil Nail Grouts


When early stressing of anchors or loading of piles is required, high strengths (5,000+ psi) can be achieved within
24 hours. Use approximately 4 gallons of water per 94 pound sack of cement two or more scoops of EUCON 37P.
Mix as described above. Additional admixture can be used (up to scoops total) if the grout flowability is not sufficient.
The actual grout strength is dependent on cement used and site conditions. Test all grout mixes prior to using.

Cement Grouting
For permeation grouting of rock and soils, use 1 to 3 scoops of EUCON 37P for each 100 pounds of cementitious
materials (cement, flyash, slag, silica fume). For greatest effect, a stabilizing agent such as bentonite or biopolymer,
or EUCO TATER STARCH should be used to reduce bleed and increase pressure filtration. Additional admixture can
be used (up to 4 scoops total) if the grout flowability is not sufficient.

Precautions/Limitations
• Test mixes may be required due to variations in local materials and conditions
• Add to mix independent of other admixtures.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
106
EUCON WO
Cement Stabilizer/Water Reducing Set Retarding Admixture
for Geotechnical Applications

Geotechnical
Description

EUCON WO slows or prevents the normal hydration of portland cement for up to 96 hours depending upon the
dosage rate used. It is advantageous in hot weather applications to prevent early setting of the grout and can
be used to extend the working time of cementitious grouts and concrete by hours or days. EUCON W.O. can be
used to stop the hydration of grouts and concrete due to unscheduled delays, such as mechanical breakdown
of equipment, hose breaks, etc. Rather than dumping an entire batch of grout or concrete and clean out mixer
and agitator, the existing material can be “put to sleep” for an extended period of time to allow for production
blocks to be cleared allowing the resumption of grouting.
EUCON W.O. does not contain any added chloride ions and is non-corrosive. EUCON W.O. can be used as a
water reducing set retarding admixture to minimize slump loss.

Primary Applications
• Rock and Soil Anchors
• Micropiles
• Soil Nails
• Deep Soil Mixing
• Jet Grouting
• Hot weather cement grouting,
• Cement grouting applications

Eucon WO
Features/Benefits
• Increases open time of cement grout from 30 minutes to 96 hours
• Superior set retardation
• Predictable dosage response
• Grout can be re-dosed if needed
• Can be used to halt hydration of cement in mixing/agitating tanks during equipment malfunction.
• Decreases cleanup time do to reduction in cement buildup on mixing and pumping equipment

Shelf Life
2 years in original, unopened container.

Master Format #:
03 30 00

Packaging
EUCON WO is packaged in bulk, 275 gal (1041 L) totes and 55 gal (208 L) drums and 5 gal (18.9 L pails.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
107
Technical Information
Performance Data:
The following test results were achieved using typical ASTM C 494 mix design requirements, 517 lb/yd3
(307 kg/m3) cement content and similar (± 0.5)% air content. These results were obtained under laboratory
conditions with materials and mix designs meeting the specifications of ASTM C 494. Changes in materials
and mix designs can affect the dosage response of EUCON WO.

Directions for Use


Fresh Grouts
EUCON W.O, can be added to freshly batched grout mixes in a range between 1 to 32 ounces of EUCON W.O.
to 100 pounds of reactive cementitious material. The set delay is a function of the amount of EUCON W.O. used.
Samples should be taken and the set time measured to determine the dosage response.

Existing Grouts
An estimate of the amount of cementitious material must be made prior to dosing the grout. For every 100
pounds of cement estimated to be in the grout mix, add approximately 10 ounces of EUCON W.O. This dosage
recommendation is a starting point. A dosage chart should be developed based on varying cement types and
contents, temperatures and concrete ages.

Precautions/Limitations
• Wear protective goggles and gloves when handling EUCON WO
• Add to mix independent of other admixtures
• Care should be taken to maintain EUCON WO above freezing; however, freezing and subsequent thawing will
not harm the material if thoroughly agitated
• Do not agitate with air
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use
• Test mixes should be performed to determine dosage rates for particular materials and conditions

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
108
Dural Mud Lock
Hydrophobic Polyurethane Soil Stabilizer

Description

Geotechnical
DURAL MUD LOCK is an ultra low viscosity, hydrophobic, polyurethane grout that is injected into unstable
soils and sands to help solidify and stabilize various earthen structures. DURAL MUD LOCK reacts with
ground moisture to encapsulate loose particles and forms a solid, stable mass. DURAL MUD LOCK can also
be topically applied to soils, which will help stabilize and firm up areas that would be loose under footing.
DURAL MUD LOCK is resistant to typical contaminants located within soils. This includes gas, oils, mildly
acidic agents, and other biological elements.

Primary Applications
• Hillsides • Embankments
• Excavations • Pavement sub-base reinforcement
• Seawall repairs • Mines & tunnels
• Shoring and piling projects • Topical application to trails and pathways

Features/Benefits
• Super low viscosity for deep penetration • Needs very little water to react
• Adheres large and fine particles together • Freeze/thaw resistant
• Safe for surrounding environment

Technical Information

Dural Mud Lock


Typical Properties - Liquid Results Test Method
Viscosity @ 77°F (25°C) 50 cps ASTM D 1638
Specific Gravity 1.17 -
Physical State Liquid -
Color Amber -

Typical Reaction Profile


Aquaccelerator 0% 2.5%
Percentage
Initial Foam 10 to 15 minutes 2 to 3 minutes
Reaction Time 20 to 25 minutes 4 to 5 minutes

Packaging/Yield Master Format #:


03 64 00

DURAL MUD LOCK is packaged in 5 gal (19 L) pails and 55 gal (208 L) drums. DURAL AQUACCELERATOR is
packaged in 1 pint (0.47 L) cans and 5 gal (19 L) pails. DURAL PUMP RINSE is packaged in 5 gal (19 L) pails.

Shelf Life
DURAL MUD LOCK and DURAL AQUACCELERATOR have a 3 year shelf life in their original, unopened
packages. Products are moisture sensitive and need to remain in airtight containers.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
109
Directions for Use
Mixing: For soil stabilization projects, an accelerator is not typically used. Important: It is more beneficial to allow
the material to soak further into the soil before it sets, rather than having a catalyst react the material before it can
fully penetrate. If you feel you need to mix an accelerator into DURAL MUD LOCK, mix in the appropriate amount
of DURAL AQUACCELERATOR according to the chart below.

Dural Mud Lock Dural Aquaccelerator

Package Size Standard Amount Minimum Maximum



5 gal (19 L) Pail 16 oz. (0.47 L) 8 oz. (0.24 L) 32 oz. (0.94 L)

55 gal (208 L) Drum 1.25 gal (4.75 L) 80 oz. (2.4 L) 2.5 gal (9.5 L)

For most applications, the reaction will occur underground, so visual inspection of this reaction will be difficult. Do
not add more than the maximum amount of DURAL AQUACCELERATOR or the grout will face a greater risk of
shrinking, thus allowing some loose soil to free up from the bound mass.

Placement: Placement techniques vary for this application due to variations in soil type and content, compaction
of the ground, amount of water/moisture present, and temperature. Injection rods are placed into the ground at
spacing which will be predetermined. To ensure the DURAL MUD LOCK will react appropriately, introduce water
into the soil through the injection rods. Follow up by injecting DURAL MUD LOCK into the soil through the rods
by means of a single component, airless pump. Track the flow and progress of the DURAL MUD LOCK as the
reacted foam will appear out of adjacent injection rods. Move the injection equipment around accordingly to
ensure the entire area is injected. Once the entire area is completed, the injection rods can be snapped off and
any subsequent work can begin.

Clean-Up
Use all appropriate protective equipment. Avoid contact with the active grout. Use DURAL PUMP RINSE to clean out the
lines of the injection equipment. DURAL PUMP RINSE can then be left in the lines as a primer, prior to the next project.
Be sure to expel all DURAL PUMP RINSE from the lines prior to the next grouting job, for it will drastically affect the curing
capability of the grout.

Precautions/Limitations
• Do not allow product to freeze.
• Colder temperatures will affect the viscosity and setting times of the product.
• Avoid exceeding 90°F (32°C) when warming product.
• Store material in moisture free packaging. Atmospheric moisture may get to product causing a foam “head”
inside of pail. This can be peeled off and the material below is still usable.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
110
EUCON SET STOP
Cement Stabilizer Packets

Geotechnical
Description
EUCON Set Stop is a powdered chemical admixture specially formulated to retard mixes for extended periods of
time and is packaged in dissolvable paper bags for convenient dosing to grout, concrete and shotcrete mixes.
EUCON Set Stop will virtually stop the hydration of cement during hot weather or extended pumping operations.
EUCON Set Stop when used in combination with other water reducing admixtures can help to extend slump
times. EUCON Set Stop prevents normal hydration of the portland cement for up to 96 hours depending upon
the dosage rate used and can be dosed and re-dosed anytime after cement and water have been mixed.

Primary Applications
• Grouting Applications
• Shotcreting operations in mines and tunnels
• Concrete haulage applications
• Emergency cement stabilization for transmixer breakdowns

Features/Benefits

• Buckets can easily be kept on mobile equipment


• Material will not freeze like liquid admixtures
• Can be added to stop hydration in a mix and re-doesed as needed
• Consistant dosage response

Eucon SET SToP


Shelf Life
2 years in original, unopened container.

Specifications/Compliances
Meets ASTM C 494 Type D Admixture

Packaging
EUCON Set Stop is packaged in red pails containing 50 half-pound dissolvable bags.

Technical Information
Performance Data:
The following testing was obtain under field conditions:
1.33 yd3 (1m3) ‘Neat’ Grout mixture

Master Format #:
Type III Portland Cement
0.50 Water:Cement
00 0000

Ambient temperature - 77oF (25oC)


Mixture temperature - 86oF (30oC)

Eucon Set Stop Content Initial Set (hr:min)


None 1:35
1 Packette 3:05
2 Packettes 3:55
3 Packettes 4:45

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
111
Directions for Use
Once cement and water are completely mixed, add dissolvable pack(s) directly to mix and mix for approximately
3 minutes. Extender addition: Add dissolvable packs to the mix at any time during transport/holding and mix
at high speed for approximately 3 minutes. Note that a higher dosage of Eucon Red may be required for an
extender addition depending on amount of time since initial dosing and/or initial batching time.

Dosage
Eucon Red must be evaluated with each mix and application to accurately determine the proper dosage. When
first using Eucon Red with a particular mix, set times and mix temperatures should be closely monitored to
determine proper dosage for that mix. Overdosing Eucon Red will not harm the mix but can extend set time for
several days.

Precautions/Limitations
• Wear protective goggles and gloves when handling EUCON Set Stop
• Only add to mixture after cement and water are thruroughly mixed
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use
• Test mixes should be performed to determine dosage rates for particular materials and conditions

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
112
Precast and cast-in-place (tunneling)
Precast and cast-in-place (tunneling)

Admixtures
Plastol 5700 115
Plastol 6200EXT 117
Plastol Ultra 109 119
Accelguard NCA 121
Formshield PURE 123
Eucobar 125
Eucon WO 127

Patching Products
Speedcrete Redline 129
Duraltop GEL 131

Bonding and Adhesives
Duralprep AC 133
Euco #452 135
Flex-Con 137

Fibers
Tuf-Strand SF 139
PSI 11050 Steel Fiber 141
PSI Crimped Steel Fiber 143
PLASTOL 5700
High Range Water Reducing Admixture

Description

tunneling
PLASTOL 5700 is a ready to use high range water reducing admixture for concrete specifically engineered to
provide maximum water reduction, slump flow, and high strengths in precast concrete applications. PLASTOL
5700 is capable of reducing water demand by up to 40%. Use in high performance concrete applications or self-
consolidating concrete. PLASTOL 5700 does not contain any added chlorides or chemicals known to promote
corrosion of steel.
Primary Applications
• High performance concrete • Low water/cement ratio concrete
• Self-consolidating concrete • High early strength applications
• Precast/prestressed concrete

Features/Benefits
• Improved appearance with SCC mixes • Reduced discharge time in forms
• Higher strengths at all ages • Enables cement reduction
• Maximized efficiency for slump or flow increase • Efficient use of labor, materials and equipment

Technical Information
Performance Data:
The following test results were achieved using typical ASTM C 494 mix design requirements, 517 lb/yd3

Plastol 5700
(307 kg/m3) cement content and similar (± 0.5)% air content. These results were obtained under laboratory
conditions with materials and mix designs meeting the specifications of ASTM C 494. Changes in materials and
mix designs can affect the dosage response of PLASTOL 5700.

03 3000
Master Format #:
03 4000
03 7000

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
115
Packaging
PLASTOL 5700 is packaged in bulk, 275 gal (1041 L) totes, 55 gal (208 L) drums and 5 gal (18.9 L) pails.

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened container.

Specifications/Compliances
•Fully complies with the requirements of:
• ASTM C 494, Types A & F admixture
• AASHTO M 194 Types A & F admixture.
• ASTM C1017

Directions for Use


Plastol 5700 can be added to the initial batch water or directly on the freshly batched concrete and
mixed for approximately 5 minutes or 70 revolutions. However, better results have been observed
batching directly on the freshly batched concrete. It should not come into contact with dry cement or
other admixtures until mixed thoroughly with the concrete batch.

PLASTOL 5700 is typically used at dosages of 2 to 10 oz per 100 lbs (130 to 650 mL per 100 kg) of
cementitious material. Other dosages are acceptable with prior testing and confirmation of the desired
performance with specific materials being used.

For any concrete application including Self-Consolidating Concrete (SCC), the dosage of Plastol 5700
will vary depending on the mix design, local materials, and individual needs of the concrete producer.
Trial mixes should be run to verify plastic and hardened performance with local materials. If the material
gradations are not optimum for SCC, a viscosity modifier may be used to improve the quality of the mix.
Please consult a local Euclid Chemical Sales Professional for trial mixtures and dosage recommendations.

Plastol 5700 is compatible with most admixtures including air-entraining agents, accelerators, most
water-reducers, retarders, shrinkage reducers, corrosion inhibitors, viscosity modifiers, and microsilica;
however, each material should be added to the concrete separately. Please contact a Euclid Sales
Professional for any compatibility issues.

Precautions / Limitations
• Care should be taken to maintain Plastol 5700 above freezing; however, freezing and subsequent thawing will
not harm the material if thoroughly agitated. Never agitate with air or an air lance.
• Keep concrete from freezing until a minimum strength of 1000 psi (7 MPa) is reached.
• If re-dosing Plastol 5700 at the jobsite, it is recommended that the air content is checked to conform to job
specifications.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
116
Plastol 6200EXT
Extended Workability High-Range Water-Reducing Admixture

Description

tunneling
Plastol 6200EXT high-range water-reducing admixture is formulated using advanced polycarboxylate
technology, specifically engineered for concrete to provide extended workability retention minimizing the need
for jobsite slump adjustments while maintaining consistent air contents from batching to placing of concrete.
In addition, Plastol 6200EXT maintains the typical benefits of polycarboxylate technology of high compressive
strengths, flexural strength, and excellent setting characteristics. Plastol 6200EXT can be used to reduce the
total cement content and used with supplementary cementitious materials. Plastol 6200EXT does not contain
added chlorides or chemicals known to promote the corrosion of steel.
Primary Applications
• Ready-mix concrete with maximum water • Low w/c concrete
reduction requirements • High-performance concrete
• Excellent workability retention without set • Precast/pre-stressed concrete
retardation • Flatwork and mass concrete
• Self-Consolidating Concrete (SCC) • Pervious concrete
Features/Benefits
• Provides exceptional workability • Lowers number of rejected concrete loads
• Consistent control of air content • Aids in concrete placement and reduces labor
• Higher early and ultimate strengths cost
• Reduces or eliminates job-site addition of HRWR

Plastol 6200EXT
Technical Information
Performance Data:
The following test results were achieved using typical ASTM C 494 mix design requirements, 517 lb/yd3
(307 kg/m3) cement content and similar (± 0.5)% air content. These results were obtained under laboratory
conditions with materials and mix designs meeting the specifications of ASTM C 494. Changes in materials and
mix designs can affect the dosage response of PLASTOL 6200EXT.

03 3000
Master Format #:
03 4000
03 7000

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
117
Packaging
Plastol 6200EXT is available in bulk, 275 gal (1041L) totes, 55 gal (208 L) drums, and 5 gal (18.9 L) pails.

Shelf Life
6 months in original, unopened container. The shelf life of Plastol 6200EXT can be longer depending on
how the product is stored. The product can last longer if it is re-circulated. Please consult a Euclid Sales
Professional before using.

Specifications/Compliances
Plastol 6200EXT admixture currently meets the requirements of ASTM C494/C494M and AASHTO
M-194 as a Type A & F admixture.

Directions for Use


Plastol 6200EXT can be added to the initial batch water or directly on the freshly batched concrete and mixed
for approximately 5 minutes or 70 revolutions. However, better results have been observed batching directly
on the freshly batched concrete. It should not come into contact with dry cement or other admixtures until
mixed thoroughly with the concrete batch.
Plastol 6200EXT is typically used at dosages of 3 to 12 oz per 100 lbs (200 to 780 mL per 100 kg) of cementitious
material. Other dosages are acceptable with prior testing and confirmation of the desired performance with
specific materials being used.
For any concrete application including Self-Consolidating Concrete (SCC), the dosage of Plastol 6200EXT will
vary depending on the mix design, local materials, and individual needs of the concrete producer. Trial mixes
should be run to verify plastic and hardened performance with local materials. If the material gradations are
not optimum for SCC, a viscosity modifier may be used to improve the quality of the mix. Please consult a local
Euclid Chemical Sales Professional for trial mixtures and dosage recommendations.
Plastol 6200EXT is compatible with most admixtures including air-entraining agents, accelerators, most water-
reducers, retarders, shrinkage reducers, corrosion inhibitors, viscosity modifiers, and microsilica; however, each
material should be added to the concrete separately.
Please contact a Euclid Sales Professional for any compatibility issues.

Precautions / Limitations
• Care should be taken to maintain EUCON SPC above freezing; however, freezing and subsequent thawing will
not harm the material if thoroughly agitated. Never agitate with air or an air lance.
• Keep concrete from freezing until a minimum strength of 1000 psi (7 MPa) is reached.
• If re-dosing EUCON SPC at the jobsite, it is recommended that the air content is checked to conform to job
specifications.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.
Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
118
Plastol Ultra 109
High Range Water Reducing Admixture

Description

tunneling
Plastol Ultra 109 high-range water-reducing and superplasticizing admixture is formulated using advanced
polycarboxylate technology, specifically engineered for concrete to provide maximum water reduction, slump
flow, and improved finishing characteristcis while maintaining consistent air contents from initial batching to final
placement. In addition, Plastol Ultra 109 provides high compressive strengths, flexural strength, and
excellent setting characteristics. Plastol Ultra 109 can be used to reduce the total cement content and
used in combination with supplementary cementitious materials. Plastol Ultra 109 does not contain added
chlorides or chemicals known to promote the corrosion of steel.
Primary Applications
• Low water to cement ratio concrete
• Precast/pre-stressed concrete
• High early strength concrete
• Self-Consolidating Concrete (SCC)
• Ready-mix concrete
• High slump, flowable concrete
• Flatwork and mass concrete
• Pervious concrete
Features/Benefits
• Superior slump gain • Lowers number of rejected concrete loads
• Consistent control of air content • Quicker stripping times
• Improved cement hydration • Aids in concrete placement and reduces labor cost
• Low dosage • Improved finishability

Plastol ultra 109


• Higher early and ultimate strengths

Technical Information
Performance Data:
The following test results were achieved using typical ASTM C 494 mix design requirements, 517 lb/yd3
(307 kg/m3) cement content and similar (± 0.5)% air content. These results were obtained under laboratory
conditions with materials and mix designs meeting the specifications of ASTM C 494. Changes in materials
and mix designs can affect the dosage response of PLASTOL ULTRA 109.

03 3000
Master Format #:
03 4000
03 7000

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
119
Packaging
Plastol Ultra 109 is packaged in bulk, 275 gal (1041 L) totes, 55 gal (208 L) drums and 5 gal (18.9 L) pails.

Shelf Life
6 months in original, unopened container.

Specifications/Compliances
Plastol Ultra 109 admixture currently meets the provisional requirements of ASTM C494/C494M and
AASHTO M-194 as Type A & F admixtures.

Directions for Use


Plastol Ultra 109 can be added to the initial batch water or directly on the freshly batched
concrete and mixed for approximately 5 minutes or 70 revolutions. However, better results have been
observed batching directly on the freshly batched concrete. It should not come into contact with dry
cement or other admixtures until mixed thoroughly with the concrete batch.

PLASTOL ULTRA 109 is typically used at dosages of 2 to 12 oz per 100 lbs (130 to 780 mL per 100
kg) of cement. Higher dosages are acceptable with prior testing and confirmation of the desired
performance with specific materials being used.

For any concrete application including Self-Consolidating Concrete (SCC), the dosage of Plastol
Ultra 109 will vary depending on the mix design, local materials, and individual needs of the
concrete producer. Trial mixes should be run to verify plastic and hardened performance with local
materials. If the material gradations are not optimum for SCC, a viscosity modifier may be used to
improve the quality of the mix. Please consult a local Euclid Chemical Sales Professional for trial
mixtures and dosage recommendations.

Plastol Ultra 109 is compatible with most admixtures including air-entraining agents, accelerators,
most water-reducers, retarders, shrinkage reducers, corrosion inhibitors, viscosity modifiers, and
microsilica; however, each material should be added to the concrete separately. Please contact a
Euclid Sales Professional for any compatibility issues.

Precautions / Limitations
• Care should be taken to maintain Plastol Ultra 109 above freezing, however, freezing and subsequent
thawing will not harm the material if thoroughly agitated.
• Do not agitate with air.
• Add to concrete mix independent of other admixtures.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
120
ACCELGUARD® NCA
Non-chloride, Accelerating & Water Reducing Admixture

Description

tunneling
ACCELGUARD NCA is an accelerating, water reducing admixture for concrete that does not contain calcium
chloride or added chloride ions. It improves properties of plastic and hardened concrete, provides a significant
improvement in early stiffening and setting characteristics, improved workability and decreased bleeding and
segregation. This admixture is compatible with air-entraining admixtures, HRWR admixtures (super plasticizers),
and conventional water reducing admixtures. ACCELGUARD NCA works well at all temperatures but has shown
to be most effective in the 35°F to 50°F (2°C to 10°C).
Primary Applications
• Cold weather concreting • Precast and post tensioned concrete
• Structural and plain concrete

Features/Benefits
• Reduces initial set 1 to 4 hours depending on concrete temperatures
• Improves workability and provides denser concrete
• Minimizes bleeding and segregation
• Improves compressive strength development at early ages
• Decreases overtime allowing earlier finishing
• Increases protection for reinforcement in concrete

ACCELGUARD® NCA
Technical Information
Perfomance Data
The following test results were achieved using typical ASTM C 494 mix design requirements, 517 lb/yd3
(307 kg/m3) cement content and similar (± 0.5)% air content.
These results were obtained under laboratory conditions with materials and mix designs meeting the specifications
of ASTM C 494. Changes in materials and mix designs can affect the dosage response of ACCELGUARD NCA.

Master Format #:
03 3000
03 4000

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
121
Shelf Life
2 years in original, unopened container.

Packaging
ACCELGUARD NCA is packaged in bulk, 275 gal (1041 L) totes, 55 gal (208 L) drums and 5 gal (18.9 L) pails.

Specifications/Compliances
• Fully complies with ASTM C 494, Type C and E admixture specifications.
• Fully complies with AASHTO M 194.
• ACI 201, Guide for Durable Concrete and ACI 302 Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction prohibit the
use of chlorides in many types of concrete. ACCELGUARD NCA may be used in these types of concrete such
as, floors over prestressed concrete or galvanized decking, floors containing two kinds of embedded metal,
reinforced concrete in moist environments and/or exposed to chloride deicing salts.

Directions for Use


The typical dosage range for ACCELGUARD NCA is 12 - 75 oz per 100 lbs (780 - 4890 mL/100kg) of
cementitious material. Higher dosages are acceptable with prior testing and confirmation of the desired
performance with specific materials being used.
ACCELGUARD NCA should be added to the initial batch water of the concrete mixture. Do not dispense onto
dry cement. For ambient temperatures below 50°F (10°C) follow ACI 306 Cold Weather Requirements.

Precautions/Limitations
• ACCELGUARD NCA will freeze at temperatures of approximately -15°F (-26°C). Freezing and thawing will not
harm the material if thoroughly agitated.
• Do not use air for agitation.
• Keep concrete from freezing until a minimum of 1000 psi (7 MPa) is achieved.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
122
FORMSHIELD Pure
Low VOC, Oil Based Concrete Form Release

Description

tunneling
FORMSHIELD Pure is a concrete form release agent with exceptional performance and ease of use that
is unmatched by water based form release products. Formshield Pure has a unique crystal clear
formulation containing a proprietary ingredient that provides release capability superior to traditional
form oils. FORMSHIELD PURE is environmentally friendly and compliant with all VOC regulations in
the U.S. and Canada. Because it is not water based, pails, drums, or totes of FORMSHIELD PURE do
not require protection from freezing. Forms treated with Formshield Pure can be put to use faster
than those treated with water based release products. Metal, plastic, wood and composition forms strip
cleanly with FORMSHIELD PURE.

Primary Application
• Preventing the adhesion of concrete to forms of all types

Features/Benefits
• Forms release easily and cleanly from concrete • Tolerant to freezing conditions during storage
• No staining and transportation
• Compliant with all VOC regulations, including • Treated forms are ready for use quickly
Federal EPA, OTC, LADCO, Maricopa County, • DOT non-regulated: easy storage and
CARB, and SCAQMD shipping
• Dramatically reduces the occurrence of voids • Very low odor

FORMSHIELD Pure
and bugholes • Reduces the need for heavy prying tools that
can cause concrete and form damage
Technical Information
VOC content........................................... 90 g/L
Weight/gal......................... 7.3 lb/gal (0.86 kg/L)
Packaging
FORMSHIELD PURE is packaged in 275 gallon (1041 L) totes, 55 gal (208 L) drums and 5 gal (18.9 L)
pails.
Shelf Life
2 years in original, unopened container.
Specifications/Compliances
• Corp of Engineers CE 1401.01 (17.4) & CW 03101 (5.3)
• GSA CE 204 (3-03-K)
• ACI 347-68
• Compliant with Federal, OTC, California, and Maricopa County regulations Master Format #:
03 11 00

Coverage
ft²/gal (m²/L)
Plywood Forms 350 to 500 (8.59 to 12.27)
Wood Composition Forms 350 to 500 (8.59 to 12.27)
Plastic Forms 800 to 1000 (19.63 to 24.54)
Metal Forms 800 to 1000 (19.63 to 24.54)
Note: Coverage rates are approximate and for estimating purposes only. Surface temperature, porosity and texture
will determine actual material requirements.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
123
Directions for Use
Surface Preparation: The form surface must be free from dirt, cement paste, hardened concrete and
other residue that could transfer to the finished concrete surface. Before coating plywood forms, apply a
heavy brush coat to the plywood edges to protect laminations.
Application: In cold weather or if FORMSHIELD PURE has been stored in a cold location, gently stir
the product before using. FORMSHIELD PURE can be applied by brush, spray or roller. Apply in a
continuous film, avoiding excessive buildup, runs and puddles. Forms treated with FORMSHIELD PURE
will be ready to use within one hour on plywood and 2 to 3 hours on metal and plastic forms. Used forms
can be re-coated with FORMSHIELD PURE if proper surface preparation techniques are followed.

Clean-Up
Clean tools and application equipment immediately after use with mineral spirits. Clean drips and
overspray while still wet.

Precautions/Limitations
• Do not thin or dilute FORMSHIELD PURE.
• The viscosity of FORMSHIELD PURE increases at low temperatures, resulting in reduced sprayability.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
124
EUCOBAR
Evaporation Retardant

Description

tunneling
EUCOBAR is designed to be used as an evaporation retardant on concrete surfaces of all types. When sprayed
over fresh concrete, EUCOBAR forms a thin, continuous film which prevents rapid moisture loss from the
concrete surface. It is easy to use requiring only the addition of water before spray application. EUCOBAR is
especially effective when concreting operations must be performed in direct sun, wind, high temperatures, or
low relative humidity.

Primary Applications
• Floors • Dry shake floors including all SURFLEX and
• Pavements EUCO-PLATE formulations
• Plain concrete toppings • Specialty iron toppings
• Vertical/overhead repairs • Parking decks and ramps

Features/Benefits
• Holds in surface moisture on concrete floors, slabs, • Water based for total compatibility with fresh
and repairs concrete
• Helps prevent plastic shrinkage cracking • Excellent for both interior and exterior concrete
• Easy and economical to use projects
• Helps eliminate crusting caused by loss of surface • Will not effect adhesion of curing compound or
moisture other treatments

Technical Information

EUCOBAR
EUCOBAR is a water based polymer concentrate that is readily dilutable in water.
Evaporation rate is a function of relative humidity, concrete temperature, air temperature and wind velocity.
Plastic shrinkage cracking is a strong possibility when the rate of evaporation exceeds 0.2 lb/ft2/hr (1.0 kg/m2/
hr). The chart on the back of this page (Fig. 2.1.5 of ACI 305, Hot Weather Concreting) is useful in determining
the evaporation rate under a given set of jobsite conditions. Use EUCOBAR when the above limit is exceeded.
Appearance: EUCOBAR is a free flowing pink liquid designed to be mixed with water. The use of EUCOBAR will
not affect the color of concrete.

Packaging
EUCOBAR is packaged in 55 gal (208 L) drums, 5 gal (18.9 L) pails and 6/1 gal (3.8 L) units per case.

Shelf Life
2 years in original, unopened package.

Master Format #:
Coverage
Dilution Rate: 9:1 (Water:EUCOBAR)
03 35 00

EUCOBAR (after dilution) will cover approximately 200 to 400 ft2/gal (5 to 10 m2/L). Coverage will vary depending
on concrete texture and wind conditions. For estimating purposes, 1 gal (3.8 L) of EUCOBAR concentrate will
treat 2000 to 4000 ft2 (186 to 372 m2) of concrete surface area, but is highly dependent upon ambient conditions.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
125
Directions for Use
Surface Preparation: EUCOBAR is applied directly to
the surface of fresh concrete. No surface preparation 5 15 25 35
is necessary.
Mixing: EUCOBAR is supplied as a concentrate and
must be diluted with water at a 9:1 (water:EUCOBAR) Relative 90
humidity 100%
ratio. Determine capacity of sprayer and divide by 80

Co
10. Add this amount of EUCOBAR to the sprayer

nc
70

re
canister followed by 9 times that amount of water. For

te
60

te
m
example, if 1 quart (0.95 L) of EUCOBAR is added,

pe
50

ra
tu
dilute with 9 quarts (8.5 L) of water. Mix or shake until

re
40

10
0F
thoroughly blended. 30

(3
8C
)
20
Placement: Apply using a tank type, hand pump

90
10

80
50

70
60

F
F
F

F
F

(3
sprayer capable of spraying in a fine mist. Use a

(2
(1

(2
(1

2C
40

7C
0C

1C
6C

)
F(

)
)

)
)
slotted tip for the best spray. Spray EUCOBAR over

4C
40 50 60 70 80 90 100

)
Air tempature, deg F
the fresh concrete surface as soon as possible after

r)
/h
floating. A pink, translucent sheen will appear as the 0.8 4.0

km
To use this chart:

r)
0

/h
(4
surface is treated. On extreme drying conditions,

Rate of evaporation, lb/sq ft/hr


0.7

km
ph
1. E nter with air r)

2
m
additional applications may be given as needed. When

(3
/h

25
temperature, 3.0

ph
0.6 km

ity

m
4

kg/m2/hr
used on floors with dry shake hardener applications, move up to (2

loc

20
ph

ve
relative humidity 0.5 m )
/hr
EUCOBAR may be used on the fresh concrete as well 15

nd
2. Move right km

wi
0.4 ( 16 2.0
to concrete ph
as between each shake application. temperature 10
m
0.3 /h r)
3. Move down to km
Curing & Sealing: Proper curing procedures are wind velocity 5m
ph
(8
/hr) 1.0
0.2 (3 km
important to ensure the durability and quality of 4. Move left, read 2m p h
approx. rate of 0.1 0
concrete. To prevent surface cracking, cure flatwork evaporation
0
with a high solids curing compound, such as SUPER
AQUA-CURE VOX or SUPER REZ-SEAL.
Fig. 2.1.5, ACI 305, Hot Weather Concreting
Clean Up
Clean spray equipment with soap and water.

Precautions/Limitations
• Use with proper dilution rate.
• Do not use as a curing compound.
• Apply only as a fine spray.
• Do not allow to freeze.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
126
EUCON WO
Set Stabilizing Admixture

Description

tunneling
EUCON WO is a liquid chemical admixture that is effective in controlling the hydration rate of binders in wet
shotcrete mixes. EUCOSHOT S does not contain any added chloride ions and is non-corrosive. It provides
longer transport times, higher durability, and increased compressive strength at 28 days of curing. EUCON WO
also helps to keep mixers, transport equipment and pumping equipment free of cement scale buildup and can
actually reduce existing buildup.

Features/Benefits
• Superior set retardation
• Reduces possibility of binder slurry setting in transport vehicles
• Reduces need to clean mixing and transport equipment

Technical Information
Performance Data:
The following test results were achieved using typical ASTM C 494 mix design requirements, 517 lb/yd3
(307 kg/m3) cement content and similar (± 0.5)% air content. These results were obtained under laboratory
conditions with materials and mix designs meeting the specifications of ASTM C 494. Changes in materials
and mix designs can affect the dosage response of EUCON WO.

EUCON WO
Master Format #:
Packaging
03 30 00

EUCON WO is packaged in bulk, 275 gal (1041 L) totes and 55 gal (208 L) drums and 5 gal (18.9 L pails.

Shelf Life
2 years in original, unopened container.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
127
Dosage
EUCON WO can be used at dosage rates from 1 oz to 100 oz / 100 lbs (65 to 6,500 ml / 100 kg) of cement,
depending on the temperatures involved and the delay required for setting. Dosage is dependent on the
quantity of binder in the mix.

Directions for Use


EUCON WO is dispersed into the shotcrete mix, preferably after the cement and water have completely
mixed. EUCON WO may be used in multiple dose rates for increased performance. It is compatible with other
admixtures, however, each admixture should be added to the mix separately. EUCON WO should not be added
to the mix until the water and cement have been thoroughly mixed and hydration is started.

Precautions/Limitations
• Wear protective goggles and gloves when handling EUCON WO
• Add to mix independent of other admixtures
• Care should be taken to maintain EUCON WO above freezing; however, freezing and subsequent thawing will
not harm the material if thoroughly agitated
• Do not agitate with air
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
128
SPEED CRETE RED LINE
Rapid-Setting Repair Material

Description

tunneling
SPEED CRETE RED LINE is a rapid-setting, cement-based concrete and masonry repair mortar. SPEED CRETE
RED LINE is a proprietary formulation of blended portland cements, finely processed selected aggregates,
and specific chemical additives which undergoes a chemical "hyper hydration" and produces a stable, low
permeability, cementitious matrix. SPEED CRETE RED LINE can be “shaved” for detailed repairs
Primary Applications
• Interior and exterior
• Vertical, overhead and horizontal repairs
• Used at no slump consistency
• Outstanding repair material for concrete pipe, curbs, sidewalks, formed and precast concrete
Features/Benefits
• Initial set in 8 to 10 minutes • H igh strength
• Final set within 20 minutes • Excellent durability
• Can be “shaved” to desired shape • Compatible with galvanic anodes
Technical Information
Material Properties at 75°F (24°C)
Compressive Strength, psi (MPa) ASTM C 109 Freeze Thaw Durability Factor ASTM C 666
24 Hour..................................................2,550 (17.6) 300 Cycles...................................................96.75%
7 Day......................................................4,700 (32.4) Shrinkage 50% RH ASTM C 157

SPEED CRETE RED LINE
28 Day....................................................5,900 (40.7) 28 Day.........................................................-0.069%
Set Time, ASTM C 266 Expansion 100% RH ASTM C 157
Initial..........................................................8 - 20 Min 28 Day..........................................................0.077%
Final.........................................................15 - 30 Min Scaling Resistance ASTM C 672
Split Tensile Strength,psi (MPa) ASTM C 496 50 Cycles....................................................0% loss
7 Day...........................................................400 (2.8)
28 Day.........................................................500 (3.4) Volumetric Resistivity....................5,250 ohm/cm
Flexural Strength, psi (MPa) ASTM C 348
7 Day...........................................................700 (4.8)
28 Day.........................................................918 (6.3)

Packaging
SPEED CRETE RED line is packaged in 50 lb (22.7 kg) poly-lined bags, and 50 lb (22.7 kg) pails
Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened packaging

Coverage
Master Format #:
One 50 lb (22.7 kg) bag yields approximately 0.47 ft³ (0.013 m³) when mixed with 5.5 qt (5.2 L) water.
03 01 30.71

Directions for Use


Surface Preparation: Concrete surfaces must be structurally sound, free of loose or deteriorated concrete
and free of dust, dirt, paint, efflorescence, oil and all other contaminants. Mechanically abrade the surface to
achieve a surface profile equal to CSP 6 - 8 in accordance with ICRI Guideline 310.2. Properly clean profiled
area. Priming: Clean and prime exposed steel with DURALPREP AC. Concrete should be primed with a spray
or brush coat of DURALPREP AC. The primer coat of DURALPREP AC must be allowed to thoroughly dry prior
to the application of SPEED CRETE RED LINE. Alternately, a Saturated Surface Dry (SSD) concrete surface

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
129
can be primed with a scrub coat of SPEED CRETE RED LINE. The repair must be made before the scrub coat
dries out.
Mixing: SPEED CRETE RED LINE will require approximately 5 to 5.5 qt (4.7 to 5.2 L) of potable water per 50 lb
(22.7 kg) bag to achieve the proper mix consistency. Pour the measured amount of water into a clean mixing
container, then add the SPEED CRETE RED LINE, and thoroughly mix for no more than 60 seconds to a stiff,
no slump, putty-like consistency. Mix small quantities of SPEED CRETE RED LINE in a clean pail with a hand
trowel. Use a rotary mixer with rubber tip blades for mixing quantities up to 100 lbs. (45.4 kg). To fill patches 2”
(5.1 cm) deep or greater, add clean, pre-dampened, 3/8” (0.96 cm) size pea gravel. Do not use limestone
aggregate. The mix ratio must not exceed 40 lbs. (18 kg) of pea gravel to each 50 lb (22.7 kg) bag or pail
of SPEED CRETE RED LINE. Mixing procedure: Start mixer, load water, load pea gravel, and then load the
SPEED CRETE RED LINE. Mix for no more than 60 seconds.
Application: To ensure a complete bond with the entire surface, force the SPEED CRETE RED LINE firmly into
the SSD area by hand or with a trowel. Slightly overfill the repair, and following initial set, shave the material
to conform to the contour of the surrounding surface. Always shave SPEED CRETE RED LINE toward the
common bonding edge between the repair mortar and the existing surface. Cure material using standard curing
practices.
Cold Weather Installation: Application at temperatures below 40°F(4°C) extends the set time. Heating the
repari area until warm, using warm water for mixing and tenting or insulating the repair area after application
will assist in reaching greater strength development. Do not use direct heat on the repair after its installation.

Clean-Up
Clean application tools and mixing equipment with water immediately following use.

Precautions/Limitations
• Keep in covered storage away from all moisture.
• Mix no more than 60 seconds.
• Use only potable water with SPEED CRETE RED LINE.
• Mix to a stiff, putty-like, no slump consistency.
• Do not retemper or add sand to SPEED CRETE RED LINE.
• Do not overwork or overtrowel patching material.
• Do not featheredge SPEED CRETE RED LINE on horizontal surfaces.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
130
DURALTOP GEL
Vertical and Overhead Structural Repair Mortar
w/Corrosion Inhibitor

Description

tunneling
DURALTOP GEL is a fast setting, two-component, polymer reinforced, non-sag, cementitious repair mortar for
vertical/overhead applications. DURALTOP GEL contains a migratory corrosion inhibitor for added protection.
Primary Applications
• S tructural repairs
• Exterior or interior, above or below grade
• Vertical and overhead concrete and masonry repairs
Features/Benefits
• R apid setting, polymer modified repair mortar • N on-sag, high build properties
• Achieves high compressive, flexural and bond • Pre-proportioned unit
strengths quickly Can contribute to LEED points
• Contains a migratory corrosion inhibitor

Technical Information
Tensile Bond Strength CAN A23.2-6b
Material Properties @ 75°F (24°C) 28 days................................ greater than concrete
Compressive Strength, psi (MPa) ASTM C 109 (Mod.) Splitting Tensile Strength, psi (MPa) ASTM C 496
4 hours..................................................1,150 (7.9) 28 days.....................................................750 (5.2)
1 day....................................................4,000 (27.6) Freeze/Thaw Resistance NYSDOT 502.3P
3 days..................................................6,100 (42.1) 50 cycles....................................... 0.18% Weight Loss
7 days..................................................7,050 (48.6) Expansion/Contraction: ASTM C 157
28 days................................................8,500 (58.6) 7 days.........................................................0.040%

DURALTOP GEL
Flexural Strength, psi (MPa) ASTM C 293 28 days.......................................................0.062%
1 day....................................................2,000 (13.8) Vertical/Overhead Patching NYS DOT 701.08
28 days................................................2,180 (15.0) ................................................................... passes
Bond Strength, psi (MPa) ASTM C 882 (Mod.) Chloride Permeability ASTM C 1202
7 days..................................................2,100 (14.5) 160 coulombs........................................“very low”
28 days................................................2,475 (17.1) Typical results obtained under laboratory conditions.
Packaging/Yield
Part A (powder) 44 lb (20 kg) bag. Part B (liquid) 1 gal (3.8 L) container. One kit of DURALTOP GEL will yield
approximately 0.4 ft³ (0.01 m³).
Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened package
Coverage
Applied at the following thicknesses, one bag will cover:
1/4” (6.3mm) 19.2 ft² (1.78 m²)

Master Format #:
1/2” (12.7 mm) 9.6 ft² (0.89 m²)
03 01 30.71
Coverage rates are approximate and are for estimating purposes only.
Directions for Use
Surface Preparation: Concrete surfaces must be structurally sound, free of loose or deteriorated concrete and
free of dust, dirt, paint, efflorescence, oil and all other contaminants. Mechanically abrade the surface to achieve
a surface profile equal to CSP 6 - 8 in accordance with ICRI Guideline 310.2. Properly clean profiled area.
Priming: Concrete and exposed steel should be primed with a spray or brush coat of DURAPREP AC. The
DURALPREP AC must be thoroughly dry prior to the application of DURALTOP GEL. Alternately, a Saturated
Surface Dry (SSD) concrete surface can be primed with a scrub coat of DURALTOP GEL. The repair must be

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
131
made before the scrub coat dries out.
Mixing: Mix only one kit of DURALTOP GEL at a time. In a clean container, add 80% of liquid Part B. Using a "
slow speed (400 to 600 rpm) drill and a “Jiffy” mixer, gradually add the powder (Part A) to produce a mortar with
a smooth, no lumps consistency. Add remaining liquid, if necessary, to get desired consistency. Do not mix
longer than 3 minutes.
Application: Air and surface temperature must be above 45°F (7°C). Apply DURALTOP GEL immediately
after mixing. The working time is about 15 minutes, and finish time about 20 to 30 minutes, depending on
temperature, humidity and finish desired. The surface must be SSD at the time of application. Before the scrub
coat dries, trowel the material against the edge, and gradually work towards the center of the repair area. Apply
at a minimum thickness of 1/8” (0.32 cm) and in lifts of no more than 1.5” (3.81 cm). Each lift should be allowed
to reach final set, then scored to produce a roughened surface before applying the next lift. Consolidate,
screed, and then finish following standard practices.
Curing: Follow standard ACI guidelines for curing. In the case of high temperature, high wind, or low humidity
causing rapid surface drying, use wet burlap/plastic or a water based curing compound. Protect from rain and
freezing temperatures before the product is sufficiently cured. DO NOT use solvent based curing compounds.

Clean-Up
Clean tools and equipment with water before DURALTOP GEL hardens. Hardened DURALTOP GEL will need to
be mechanically removed from equipment.

Precautions/Limitations
• Store at temperatures between 45°F and 90°F (7°C to 32°C), protected from moisture.
• Protect from freezing.
• Mix only one kit at a time.
• DO NOT MIX DURALTOP GEL LONGER THAN 3 MINUTES.
• Do not apply DURALTOP GEL below 45°F (7°C).
• Apply immediately after mixing.
• Delayed application will reduce adhesion.
• Minimum thickness 1/8" (3.2 mm), maximum per lift 1½" (38.1mm).
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
132
DURALPREP A.C.
Bonding Agent and Anti-Corrosion Coating for Reinforcement

Description

tunneling
DURALPREP A.C. is a three component, pre-proportioned, water based epoxy modified portland cement bonding
agent and anti-corrosion coating. DURALPREP A.C. is used as a bonding agent for placing fresh concrete to existing
concrete and for repair and restoration of concrete surfaces. DURALPREP A.C. contains a corrosion inhibitor which
protects reinforcement when used as an anti-corrosion coating for steel. DURALPREP A.C. has a long open time, is
non flammable, VOC compliant, and does not form a water vapor barrier after cure.

Primary Applications
• Bonding agent for fresh concrete to existing concrete • Exterior or interior
• Concrete repairs with cement or epoxy mortars • On grade or above grade applications
• Anti-corrosion coating for steel reinforcement
Features/Benefits
Can contribute to LEED points • Long open time • Contains corrosion inhibitor
Technical Information

Property Result
1 gal A:1 gal B:36 lbs C
Mix Ratio
(3.8 L:3.8 L:16 kg)

Duralprep A.C.
Contact Time Up to 24 hours depending on temperature
Pot Life, 2 gal (7.6 L) unit, minutes 35 to 40
3 days: > 5,100 (35.2)
Compressive Strength, psi (MPa)
7 days: > 7,300 (50.3)
ASTM C 109
28 days: > 10,000 (68.9)
Flexural Strength @28 days, psi (MPa)
> 1,280 (8.8)
ASTM C 348
Shore D Hardness
90 to 95
ASTM D 2240
Bond Strength, 7 days, psi (MPa) 1 hr open time: 2,480 (17.1)
ASTM C 882 24 hr open time: 2,700 (18.6)
Split Tensile Strength, 28 days, psi (MPa)
>600 (4.1)
ASTM C 496
Water Vapor Permeability
0.16 grains/ft2/hr
ASTM E 96

Master Format #:
Appearance/Color Concrete Gray 03 05 00

Properties determined at laboratory conditions.

Packaging
DURALPREP A.C. is packaged in 3.75 gal (14.2 L) kits and 2/1 gal (3.8 L) units/case.

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened package.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
133
Coverage
One 3.75 gal (14.2 L) kit of DURALPREP A.C. will cover approximately 250 ft² (23.2 m²).
One 1 gal (3.8L) unit will cover approximately 65 ft² (6 m²).

Note: Coverage rates are approximate and for estimating purposes only. Test the area prior to application to determine
effective coverage rates. Surface temperature, porosity, and texture will determine actual material requirements.

Directions for Use


Surface Preparation: The surface must be structurally sound, dry, free of grease, oils, curing compounds,
efflorescence, laitance and any other contaminants that would interfere with adhesion. All previous coatings on the
substrate must be removed. Concrete: Smooth, precast and formed concrete surfaces must be cleaned, roughened
and made absorptive by mechanical abrasion. All coatings must be removed completely to provide an absorptive
surface. Remove excess moisture, drips and puddles from the surface. The surface should be saturated surface dry
(SSD) with no standing water prior to application. Steel: All oils, greases, dirt, old coatings or chemical contaminates
must be removed. All steel surfaces should be blasted to a “NEAR WHITE” metal finish using clean dry blasting
media.
Mixing: Mix one full kit at a time. DURALPREP A.C. must be mechanically mixed with a slow speed motor and mixing
blade to thoroughly disperse all ingredients. A 1/2" (13mm) drill motor and a “Jiffy” mixer may be used. Premix each
container (Parts A & B). Pour Part A and Part B into a clean container. Start mixer and mix at slow speed for 30 to 45
seconds. Do not aerate the mix. While mixing gradually, add all of the Part C powder into the mixed liquid to produce
a smooth lump free consistency. Mix thoroughly for approximately 3 minutes.
Application: Air and surface temperature must be above 45°F (7°C) and rising. Maximum temperature should not
exceed 90°F (32°C). The approximate working life is 30 to 45 minutes depending on the temperature. Bonding
Agent: Apply DURALPREP A.C. to the SSD surface using a stiff bristle brush or spray equipment. Allow to cure
30 minutes before placing concrete. DURALPREP A.C. has an open time of from 30 min to 24 hrs at 75°F (24°C).
Anti-Corrosion Coating: Coat the exposed reinforcing steel, making sure to coat the underside portion of the steel.
Apply two coats at 20 mils each by brush or spray, allowing 3 to 6 hours between applications. Place fresh mortar or
concrete within the open time of the second coat of DURALPREP A.C. 30 min to 24 hrs at 75°F (24°C).

Clean-Up
Clean tools and equipment with water immediately following use. Clean drips with water while still wet.
Dried DURALPREP A.C. will require mechanical abrasion for removal.

Precautions/Limitations
• Mix only one full kit at a time.
• Do not mix for longer than 3 minutes.
• Do not allow components to freeze.
• Do not apply at temperatures below 45°F (7°C), or above 90°F (32°C).
• Do not add water to mix.
• Maximum open time: 12 hours @ 90°F (32°C), 24 hours @ 75°F (24°C), 30 hours @ 45°F (7°C).
• Store at temperatures between 65°F and 80°F (18°C to 27°C).
• Protect from freezing.
• Do not use Component A or B if it has frozen.
• Protect from moisture.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
134
EUCO #452 EPOXY SYSTEM
Astm C 881 Compliant, High Modulus Adhesive

Description

tunneling
EUCO #452 EPOXY SYSTEM is a 100% reactive, 2 component material designed as a moisture insensitive
adhesive and binder for numerous application needs. This high modulus material is available in a low viscosity (LV),
medium viscosity (MV) or GEL consistency. EUCO #452 provides normal working times when bonding concrete at
temperatures above 40°F (4°C).
Primary Applications
• Bonding concrete, steel, ceramic or wood • GEL formulations are used for vertical and overhead
• Anchoring bolts, dowels, and pins bonding, anchoring, and repair
• General adhesive needs • Filling cracks in concrete and masonry
• Bonding concrete toppings
Features/Benefits
• Moisture insensitive for bonding to dry or damp • May be extended with sand or aggregate for thick
surfaces applications and mortar repairs
• Bonds fresh concrete toppings to hardened concrete • Designed for use at temperatures of 40°F (4°C) and
slabs above
• Forms a tough, wear and chemical resistant coating Can contribute to LEED points
for industrial floor slabs
Technical Information
#452 #452

Euco #452 Epoxy System


Property #452 LV #452 MV #452 Gel
Cartridge MV Cartridge Gel
Gel Time 30 minutes 30 minutes 30 minutes 6 to 8 minutes 30 minutes
Working Time 90 minutes 90 minutes 90 minutes 10 to 20 minutes 90 minutes
3,200 psi 2,500 psi 2,000 psi 2,200 psi 2,230 psi
Bond Strength
(22 MPa) (17 MPa) (14 MPa) (15 MPa) (15 MPa)
Water Absorption 0.15% 0.081% 0.4% 0.36% 0.31%
397,600 psi 321,664 psi 265,000 psi 378,000 psi 285,000 psi
Compressive Modulus
(2,741 MPa) (2,218 MPa) (1,827 MPa) (2,606 MPa) (1,965 MPa)
11,360 psi 12,890 psi 10,000 psi 10,900 psi 10,200 psi
Compressive Strength
(78 MPa) (89 MPa) (69 MPa) (75 MPa) (70 MPa)
Appearance, Mixed Gray Gray Gray Amber-Clear Gray

Properties shown were determined at laboratory conditions.

Packaging
EUCO #452 epoxies are two part systems. Bulk packaged material is mixed at a 2 to 1 ratio by volume, Part A to Part
B. The units are pre-proportioned and packed in 3 gal (11.4 L) units and 1 gal (3.8 L) units. EUCO #452 MV & GEL is
also available in 12/22 fl. oz cartridges (0.7 L) mixed at a 1:1 ratio. Cartridges yield 37 in3 of epoxy.

Shelf Life Master Format #:


03 05 00

2 years in original, unopened package.

Specifications/Compliances
EUCO #452 LV complies with ASTM C 881 Types I, II, IV, and V, Grade 1, Class B and C.
EUCO #452 MV complies with ASTM C 881 Types I, II, IV, and V, Grade 2, Class B and C.
EUCO #452 GEL complies with ASTM C 881 Types I, II, IV, and V, Grade 3, Class B and C.
EUCO #452 CARTRIDGE MV complies with ASTM C 881 Types I and IV, Grade 1, Class A, B, and C.
EUCO #452 CARTRIDGE GEL complies with ASTM C 881 Types I, II, IV, and V, Grade 3, Class B and C.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
135
Coverage
EUCO #452 LV: 125 ft2/gal (3.1 m2/L) for priming/sealing
Note: Coverage will vary with concrete surface
25 ft2/gal (0.6 m2/L) for 1/4” (6 mm) mortars texture, temperature, and the gradation of sand
EUCO #452 MV: 100 ft2/gal (2.5 m2/L) for bonding toppings used for mortars. Coverage rates shown are
approximate.
20 ft2/gal (0.5 m2/L) for 1/4” (6 mm) mortars
EUCO #452 GEL: 60 ft2/gal (1.5 m2/L) for bonding toppings
15 ft2/gal (0.4 m2/L) for 1/4” (6 mm) mortars

Directions for Use


Surface Preparation: New concrete must be a minimum of 28 days old and possess an open, porous and textured
surface with all curing compounds and sealers removed. Old concrete must be clean and well textured. All oil,
dirt, debris, paint and unsound concrete must be removed. The surface should be prepared mechanically using
equipment that will give a surface profile commensurate with the application. The final step in cleaning should be the
complete removal of all residue with a vacuum cleaner or pressure washer.
Bulk Mixing: All materials should be in the proper temperature range of 60°F (16°C) to 90°F (32°C). Mix parts A and B
(resin & hardener) using a drill and mixing prop. The epoxy must be well mixed to a uniform color with no streaking in
order to ensure proper chemical reaction. If aggregate is to be added, the aggregate is added to the epoxy after the
part A and part B have been premixed together. Place immediately.
Application: (Priming, Bonding Or Sealing): Use either Low Viscosity or Medium Viscosity formulations in these
applications. Apply material by roller, brush, or squeegee in a uniform fashion. Do not allow the material to puddle.
Extremely porous surfaces may require a second coat for proper ultimate performance.
Priming & Bonding: If using EUCO #452 as a bonding agent for a cementitious topping, place the topping on the
EUCO #452 while the epoxy is still wet. If the epoxy has become “tacky” to the point where it is no longer a sticky
liquid, a fresh coat of EUCO #452 must be applied before the topping is placed.
Sealing: If a second coat of EUCO #452 is to be placed on the concrete, the first coat should be slightly tacky (4 to
10 hours old) when the second coat is applied. A slip resistant surface can be created by broadcasting silica sand (20
to 50 mesh) into the coating and then backrolling to embed the sand.
Repair Mortars: Repair mortars can be made with these products by adding aggregate. Size, gradation and the
amount of aggregate will be determined by the application. The surface should be primed with EUCO #452 LV prior to
application of the repair mortar. Mix the epoxy unit (Part A with Part B) prior to adding the aggregate. Trowel the mortar
into place. If the surface is too rough, a topcoat of either EUCO #452 LV or MV can be applied.
Cartridge Epoxy Application Instructions: Remove cap and divider plugs. Attach mixer tip and dispense epoxy with
smooth, constant pressure. Discard epoxy until a uniform, streak-free color is achieved. Anchor installation: Insert
the static mixer tip and fill hole from the bottom, slowly withdrawing the tip as the epoxy is dispensed until the hole
is approximately half full. Insert the anchor with a slow, twisting motion to ensure complete epoxy contact with no air
voids. Stabilize anchor until epoxy is cured.

Clean-Up
Clean tools and equipment with solvent such as EUCO SOLVENT, xylene, or acetone before the epoxy hardens.

Precautions/Limitations
• This product may vary in color and may yellow and chalk in prolonged exposure to sunlight.
• Bring materials as close to 70°F (21°C) as possible. Store in room temperature environment 24 hours prior to use.
Do not heat with open flame.
• Store indoors at 45°F to 110°F (7°C to 43°C).
• Epoxy components may cause skin irritation.
• Do not apply over freestanding water.
• Do not apply over hardened primer or old epoxy without proper surface preparation.
• Not recommended for use as a surface sealer over new concrete less than 30 days old.
• Not recommended for use when base concrete is at a temperature under 40°F (4°C).
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
136
FLEX-CON®
Acrylic Latex Bonding Admixture

Description

tunneling
FLEX-CON is a water dispersion of an architectural grade acrylic latex specifically designed for modifying
portland cement compositions. Mortar modified with FLEX-CON has improved physical strength, and superior
adhesion to old concrete, masonry, brick, and many other surfaces.

Primary Applications
• Admixture for toppings, patches and leveling courses
• Thin sets, terrazzo, stucco and bond coats
• Repairs utilizing spray or fill coats
• General reconstruction work
• Repairs to precast structural members
• Architectural panels, bridge decks and highway repairs

Features/Benefits
• Easy to use
• Improves bond strength
• Increases durability under freeze/thaw cycling
• Reduces cracking through increased mortar flexural strength
• Increases mortar wear resistance under rubber wheeled traffic
• Increases mortar tensile strength
• Repair mortar offers greater impact resistance

FLEX-CON®
Technical Information

Property Result
Solids Content (by weight) 24%
Unit Weight 8.4 lb/gal
Compressive Strength of 3 days: 3,000 psi (21 MPa)
FLEX-CON Modified Repair Mortar 7 days: 4,000 psi (28 MPa)
ASTM C 109, 2 in (50 mm) cubes 28 days: 5,000 psi (34 MPa)
Flexural Strength
28 days: 1,300 psi (9 MPa)
ASTM C 348
Bond Strength
14 days: 1,300 psi (8.9 MPa)
ASTM C 1042
Appearance White Liquid

Properties determined at laboratory conditions. Master Format #:


03 05 00

Packaging
FLEX-CON is packaged in 55 gal (208 L) drums, 5 gal (19 L) pails and cases of 6/1 gal (3.8 L) units.

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened package.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
137
Specifications/Compliances
Complies with ASTM C 1059, Type II.
FLEX-CON classified by The American Concrete Institute as a non-reemulsifiable bonding admixture.

Coverage
Cement Bond Coat ft²/gal (m²/L) Repair Mortar Cement Sand Flex-Con
Coverage* Cement Sand Flex-Con 110 to 120 @½" 94 lb 300 lb 5 to 6 gal
600 to 800 94 lb — 7 to 8 gal (10 to 11 @ 13 mm) (43 kg) (136 kg) (19 to 23 L)
(56 to 74) (43 kg) — (26 to 30 L) * Projected coverage is an estimate only, and is highly
dependent upon concrete texture.
Directions for Use
Surface Preparation: If using this product in a cement bond coat, the base concrete must be a minimum of
3 days old. The concrete must be clean and rough. All oil, dirt, debris, paint and unsound concrete must be
removed. The surface must be prepared mechanically using a scabbler, bushhammer, shotblast or scarifier
which will give a surface profile of a minimum 1/8" (3 mm) and expose the large aggregate of the concrete.
NOTE: Acid etching is not acceptable. The final step in cleaning should be the complete removal of all residue with
a vacuum cleaner or pressure washing. Allow the concrete surface to begin drying. Do not place cement bond coat
on standing water. All concrete must possess an open surface texture with all curing compounds and sealers removed. All
areas should be Saturated Surface Dry (SSD) to reduce moisture loss. Do not place bond coat on standing water.
Bonding: For bonding traffic bearing toppings with this product, The Euclid Chemical Company strongly
recommends using a bond coat rather than using this product as a primer by itself. After the surface has been
prepared, prime all areas with a bond coat (see above mix design) before the topping is applied. Follow mixing
and placing instructions listed below. Place the topping on the bond coat before it dries out.
Mixing: Small quantities may be mixed with a drill and "jiffy" mixer. Use a paddle type mortar mixer for large
jobs. All materials should be in the proper temperature range of 40°F (5°C) to 90°F (32°C). Add the appropriate
amount of FLEX-CON for the batch size and then add the dry material. Mix a minimum of 3 minutes. The mixed
product should be quickly transported to the repair area and placed immediately.
Bond Coat Application: Spread the bond coat with a stiff bristle broom until the suggested coverage rate
is achieved. Topping Application: For patching, spread with a trowel, come-a-long, or square tipped shovel to
a thickness that matches the surrounding concrete. Finish by hand trowelling. On large floor areas, use screed
guides in combination with a vibratory screeding to level. Compact and finish by hand or machine trowel.
Finishing: Finish the repair mortar to the desired texture. Typical texture is a broom or sponge float finish,
though mortars made with FLEX-CON can be steel trowelled. Do not add additional water to the surface during
the finishing operation. If additional liquid is required, use EUCOBAR finishing aid.
Curing: All cement products must be adequately cured. Proper curing procedures are important to ensure
the durability and quality of the repair or overlayment. To prevent surface cracking, a moist cure should be
maintained for 24 hours followed by use of a curing compound such as DIAMOND CLEAR VOX or AQUA-CURE
VOX. NOTE: Do not use a solvent-based curing compound on latex modified mortars.
Clean-Up
Clean tools and equipment with water before the material hardens.
Precautions/Limitations
• Do not use material at temperatures below 40°F (4°C).
• Do not use FLEX-CON by itself as a bonding agent. It must be mixed with cement.
• No heavy traffic until the repair has cured.
• Protect from freezing.
• Do not use in ready mix concrete.
• For thin topping mixes or large overlays, use SBR LATEX.
• For bonding floor toppings, a slurry bond coat is recommended.
• Use of this product in conjunction with air entrained cement/concrete or with other admixtures may significantly
increase total entrained air content. Testing is strongly advised.
• Do not use a solvent-based curing compound on latex modified mortars.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use. Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
138
TUF-STRAND SF
Synthetic Macro-Fiber

Description

tunneling
Tuf-strand SF “structural fibers” are a patented polypropylene / polyethylene synthetic macro-fiber successfully
used to replace steel fibers, welded wire mesh and conventional reinforcing bars in a wide variety of applications.
TUF-STRAND SF fibers comply with ASTM C1116, Standard Specification for Fiber Reinforced Concrete and
Shotcrete, and are specifically designed to provide equivalent tensile and bending resistance to conventional
reinforcement requirements. Concrete reinforced with TUF-STRAND SF will have three-dimensional reinforcing with
enhanced flexural toughness, impact and abrasion resistance and will also help mitigate the formation of plastic
shrinkage cracking in concrete. Dosage rates will vary depending upon the reinforcing requirements and can
range from 3.0 lbs/yd (1.8 kg/m³) to 20 lbs/yd (12 kg/m³). TUF-STRAND SF synthetic macro-fibers comply with
applicable portions of the International Code Council (ICC) Acceptance Criteria AC32 for synthetic fibers, are
UL certified for composite metal deck construction and are recognized within ACI 360 and SDI/ANSI-C1.0 as
a reinforcing alternate to WWF.

Primary Applications
• Thin walled pre-cast (septic tanks, vaults, walls, etc.)
• Shotcrete for tunnel linings, pool construction and slope stabilization
• Pavements and white-toppings
• Slab on Grade and elevated construction (distribution centers, warehouses, etc.)

Features/Benefits
• Equivalent strengths to WWM and rebar provided by engineering calculations

Tuf-strand SF
• Controls and mitigates plastic shrinkage cracking and reduces segregation and bleed-water
• Provides three-dimensional reinforcement against micro and macro-cracking
• Reduces equipment wear, fiber rebound and increases build-up thickness compared to steel fibers for
shotcrete applications
• Increases overall durability, fatigue resistance and flexural toughness
• Reduction of in-place cost versus wire mesh for temperature / shrinkage crack control
• Easily added to concrete mixture at any time prior to placement
• Tested in accordance with ASTM C 1399, C 1550, C 1609 and C 1018
• Applicable for design by ACI 360 R-06
• Certified for use by UL/ULC for D900 Series metal deck assemblies as alternate to WWF (CBXQ.R13773)

Technical Information
Typical Engineering Data
Material................polypropylene/polyethylene blend Modulus of Elasticity (EN 14889.2)...1380 ksi (9.5 GPa)
Specific Gravity................................................... 0.92 Flash point (ASTM D1929).......................625oF (330oC)
Typical dosage rate:.3 to 20 lbs/yd (1.8 to 12 kg/m³) Electrical Conductivity...............................................low
Available lengths...................................... 2” (51 mm) Water absorption............................................ negligible
Master Format #:
Aspect Ratio........................................................... 74 Acid and Alkali Resistance...............................excellent
03 2400

Tensile Strength..............87-94 ksi (600 to 650 MPa) Color.......................................................................white

Shelf Life
3 years in original, unopened package.

Packaging
TUF-STRAND SF fibers are packaged in 3.0 lb (1.36 kg), 4.0 lb (1.81 kg) and 5.0 lb (2.27 kg) water soluble bags.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
139
Directions for Use
TUF-STRAND SF fibers can be added to the concrete mixture at any time prior to placement of the concrete. It is
generally recommended to add any fiber material at the ready-mix concrete plant during batching. Fibers must be
mixed with concrete for a minimum of three (3) to five (5) minutes at maximum mixing speed to ensure complete
dispersion and uniformity. When adding 3 to 5 lbs/yd (2 to 3 kg/m3), a slump loss of 2” (50 mm) can be expected for a
typical ready-mix concrete design. For dosages of 6 to 12 lbs (4 to 7 kg/m3), a slump loss of 3 to 5 in (75 to 125 mm)
can be expected. The use of water reducers and/or superplasticizers, such as Eucon 37, 1037 or the Plastol series of
admixtures may be necessary to maintain desired workability.
Add other admixtures independently from fiber addition. TUF-STRAND SF is compatible with all other Euclid Chemical
admixtures. When used properly, and placed in a concrete mix of sufficient workability, the fibers will not adversely alter
the compressive or flexural strength of concrete or shotcrete.

Clean-up
Loose fiber material may be disposed in proper receptacles for refuse. Finishing equipment with fibers embedded
in concrete should be thoroughly cleaned.
Precautions/Limitations
• Use of fibers may cause an apparent loss in measured slump of concrete. This may be offset with the use of
a water reducing admixture if necessary.
• Fibers should never be added to a “zero-slump” concrete. Ensure a minimum concrete slump of 3” (80 mm) prior
to addition of any fiber material. Fibers may also be added in loose form to aggregate charging devices.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use. Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
140
PSI 11050 Steel Fiber
Steel Macro-Fiber

Description

tunneling
PSI 11050 Steel Fiber are low carbon, cold drawn steel wire fibers designed to provide concrete with
temperature and shrinkage crack control, enhanced flexural reinforcement, improved shear strength and increase
the crack resistance of concrete. PSI 11050 Steel Fiber complies with ASTM C1116, Standard Specification for
Fiber Reinforced Concrete and Shotcrete and ASTM A820, Type I, Standard Specification for Steel Fibers for Fiber
Reinforced Concrete. These steel macro-fibers will also improve impact, shatter, fatigue and abrasion resistance
while increasing toughness of concrete. Dosage rates will vary depending upon the reinforcing requirements
and can range from 25 to 100 lbs/yd³ (15 to 60 kg/m³).

Primary Applications
• Commercial and industrial slabs on ground
• Bridge decks, overlays and pavements
• Precast concrete applications
• Shotcrete, tunnel linings and slope stabilization
• Mass concrete and composite deck construction

Features/Benefits
• Increases impact, shatter and abrasion resistance of concrete

PSI 11050 Steel Fiber


• Reduces segregation, plastic settlement, and shrinkage cracking of concrete
• Provides three-dimensional reinforcement against macro-cracking
• Increases overall durability, fatigue resistance and flexural toughness
• Reduction of in-place cost versus wire mesh for temperature / shrinkage crack control
• Easily added to concrete mixture at any time prior to placement

Technical Information
Typical Engineering Data
Material................................................................... low carbon cold drawn steel wire
Deformation............................................................ patented undulated ends
Typical Dosage Rates............................................ 25 - 100 lb/yd3 (15 - 60 kg/m3)
Available Lengths................................................... 2” (50 mm)
Fiber Diameter........................................................ 0.044” (1.10 mm)
Apect Ratio............................................................. 45
Tensile Strength..................................................... 160 ksi (1100 MPa)
Appearance............................................................ bright, clean wire

Master Format #:
Packaging
03 2400

PSI 11050 Steel Fibers are packaged in 55 lb (25 kg) bags; 2200 net lbs (1000 kg) per pallet.

Shelf Life
3 years in original, unopened package.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
141
Directions for Use
PSI 11050 Steel fibers can be added to the concrete mixture at any time prior to placement of the concrete. It is
generally recommended to add any fiber material at the ready-mix concrete plant during batching. The actual
dosage rate will vary depending upon the application and performance requirements for each project. Fibers must
be mixed with concrete for a minimum of four (4) to five (5) minutes at maximum mixing speed, depending on
the mixer type, to ensure complete dispersion and uniformity. The addition of PSI 11050 Steel Fiber, at provided
dosage rates, will decrease the measured slump of concrete; however, additional water should not be added. The
use of water reducers and/or superplasticizers, such as Eucon 1037, Eucon MRX or the Plastol series of admixtures
may be necessary to maintain desired workability.
Add other admixtures independently from fiber addition. When used properly, and placed in a concrete mix of
sufficient workability, the fibers will not adversely alter the compressive or flexural strength of concrete or shotcrete.

Clean-up
Loose fiber material may be disposed in proper receptacles for refuse. Finishing equipment with fibers embedded
in concrete should be thoroughly cleaned.

Precautions/Limitations
• Use of fibers may cause an apparent loss in measured slump of concrete. This may be offset with the use of
a water reducing admixture if necessary.
• Fibers should never be added to a “zero-slump” concrete. Ensure a minimum concrete slump of 3” (80 mm) prior
to addition of any fiber material. Fibers may also be added in loose form to aggregate charging devices.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
142
PSI Crimped Steel Fiber
Steel Macro-Fiber

Description

tunneling
PSI Crimped Steel Fiber are low carbon, cold drawn steel wire fibers designed to provide concrete with
temperature and shrinkage crack control, enhanced flexural reinforcement, improved shear strength and increase
the crack resistance of concrete. PSI Crimped Steel Fiber complies with ASTM C1116, Standard Specification for
Fiber Reinforced Concrete and Shotcrete and ASTM A820, Type I, Standard Specification for Steel Fibers for Fiber
Reinforced Concrete. These steel macro-fibers will also improve impact, shatter, fatigue and abrasion resistance
while increasing toughness of concrete. Dosage rates will vary depending upon the reinforcing requirements
and can range from 25 to 100 lbs/yd³ (15 to 60 kg/m³).

Primary Applications
• Commercial and industrial slabs on ground
• Bridge decks, overlays and pavements
• Precast concrete applications
• Shotcrete, tunnel linings and slope stabilization
• Mass concrete and composite deck construction

Features/Benefits
• Increases impact, shatter and abrasion resistance of concrete

PSI Crimped Steel Fiber


• Reduces segregation, plastic settlement, and shrinkage cracking of concrete
• Provides three-dimensional reinforcement against macro-cracking
• Increases overall durability, fatigue resistance and flexural toughness
• Reduction of in-place cost versus wire mesh for temperature / shrinkage crack control
• Easily added to concrete mixture at any time prior to placement

Technical Information
Typical Engineering Data
Material................................................................... low carbon cold drawn steel wire
Deformation............................................................ continuously deformed circular segment
Typical Dosage Rates............................................ 25 - 100 lb/yd3 (15 - 60 kg/m3)
Available Lengths................................................... 1 ½” (38 mm), 2” (50 mm)
Apect Ratio............................................................. 34, 45
Tensile Strength..................................................... 140 - 180 ksi (966 - 1242 MPa)
Appearance............................................................ bright, clean wire

Master Format #:
Packaging
03 2400

PSI Crimped Steel Fibers are packaged in 55 lb (25 kg) bags; 2200 net lbs (1000 kg) per pallet.

Shelf Life
3 years in original, unopened package.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
143
Directions for Use
PSI Crimped Steel fibers can be added to the concrete mixture at any time prior to placement of the concrete. It
is generally recommended to add any fiber material at the ready-mix concrete plant during batching. The actual
dosage rate will vary depending upon the application and performance requirements for each project. Fibers must
be mixed with concrete for a minimum of four (4) to five (5) minutes at maximum mixing speed, depending on the
mixer type, to ensure complete dispersion and uniformity. The addition of PSI Crimped Steel Fiber, at provided
dosage rates, will decrease the measured slump of concrete; however, additional water should not be added. The
use of water reducers and/or superplasticizers, such as Eucon 1037, Eucon MRX or the Plastol series of admixtures
may be necessary to maintain desired workability.
Add other admixtures independently from fiber addition. When used properly, and placed in a concrete mix of
sufficient workability, the fibers will not adversely alter the compressive or flexural strength of concrete or shotcrete.

Clean-up
Loose fiber material may be disposed in proper receptacles for refuse. Finishing equipment with fibers embedded
in concrete should be thoroughly cleaned.

Precautions/Limitations
• Use of fibers may cause an apparent loss in measured slump of concrete. This may be offset with the use of
a water reducing admixture if necessary.
• Fibers should never be added to a “zero-slump” concrete. Ensure a minimum concrete slump of 3” (80 mm) prior
to addition of any fiber material. Fibers may also be added in loose form to aggregate charging devices.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
144
Miscellaneous products
Miscellaneous Products

Hard Surfacing
Diamond Plate Light Reflective 147
Euco DiamondShot SF 149

Waterproofing
Cementitious Slurry Coatings
Vandex BB 75 151
Vandex Cemelast 153

Cementitious Repair
Vandex Uni Mortar 1ZSR 155

Crystalline Waterproofing
Vandex Super/ Vandex Super White 157

Joint and Crack Solutions


Vandex Construction Joint Tape 159
Vandex Flextape System 161

Specialty Items
Euco Dust-down 163
Euco-speed MP 165
Concrete Blaster 167
Dehydratine 75 169
DIAMOND-PLATE LIGHT REFLECTIVE

Miscellaneous products
Non-oxidizing, Light Reflective, Metallic Floor Hardener

Description
DIAMOND-PLATE LIGHT REFLECTIVE is a dry shake, metallic floor hardener with graded, non-oxidizing
metallic aggregate in a high strength cementitious binder. Designed to be incorporated into fresh concrete
slabs, DIAMOND-PLATE LIGHT REFLECTIVE provides a dense, tough surface capable of withstanding the
abrasion and impact loading seen by floor slabs of numerous industrial and manufacturing facilities. DIAMOND-
PLATE LIGHT REFLECTIVE has been specially formulated to give increased reflectivity and to improve lighting
levels in combination with a non-rusting aggregate for increased abrasion resistance. DIAMOND-PLATE LIGHT
REFLECTIVE can also be mixed into a mortar consistency and placed along joints to provide edge reinforcement.
Primary Applications
• Industrial floors • Main, high traffic aisleways • Towveyors
• Loading docks • Processing plants • Distribution centers
• Warehouses • Passenger and freight terminals • Joint shoulder reinforcement
Features/Benefits
• Provides a high strength wearing surface in areas subject to constant or frequently wet conditions without
oxidizing
• Gives up to 6 times the abrasion resistance of plain, cured concrete

DIAMOND-PLATE LIGHT REFLECTIVE


• Metallic aggregate is free of rust, oil, or other contaminants
• Dense surface resists penetration of oil, grease, and many other liquids
• Virtually non-dusting in service, easy to clean and maintain
• Capable of reducing annual energy costs with lowering of electrical requirements due to improved lighting
• Economical to own over the life of the floor
• Can be applied at coverage rates up to 3.0 lb/ft2 (14.6 kg/m2)
Technical Information
Typical Engineering Data
Compressive Strength ASTM C 109, 2” (50 mm) cubes Relative Abrasion Resistance
AGE STRENGTH ASTM C 779

1 day 4,000 psi (27.6 MPa) % of Reference


3 days 5,000 psi (34.5 MPa) 600
7 days 7,000 psi (48.3 MPa) 500
14 days 9,000 psi (62.1 MPa) 400

28 days 10,000 psi (69.0 MPa) 300


Appearance 200
DIAMOND-PLATE LIGHT REFLECTIVE is a free 100
flowing powder as packaged. The final finish can

Master Format #:
be any texture normally achievable with concrete
Plain Cured Natural High- Diamond-
and should be specified by the owner.
03 35 16
Concrete Aggre- Strength Plate Lt
gate Dry Concrete Reflective
Shakes Topping
Packaging
DIAMOND-PLATE LIGHT REFLECTIVE is packaged in 50 lb (22.7 kg) bags with polyethylene liners for moisture
protection. Material is shipped 64 bags per pallet.
Shelf Life
2 years in original, unopened package

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
147
Coverage
DIAMOND-PLATE LIGHT REFLECTIVE may be applied at rates from 1.0 to 3.0 lb/ft² (4.9 to 14.6 kg/m²). Greater
application rates yield better total abrasion resistance and may be used with special considerations. Contact
your Euclid Chemical Company representative for recommended procedures.
Directions for Use
The contractor and engineer are encouraged to consult and review the Euclid Chemical bulletin “Dry Shake
Floor Hardeners - Application Instructions”. The document offers instructions detailing the general installation
of Euclid Chemical manufactured dry shake floor hardeners. Note: If the contractor is not familiar with the standard
application techniques of a dry shake floor hardener, a pre-job meeting is suggested to review the project concrete mix design as
well as placement and curing details unique to the particular job. Contact your local Euclid Chemical Company representative for
additional information.
Armored Joints- DIAMOND-PLATE LIGHT REFLECTIVE may also be used as a mortar in constructing armored
floor joints.
Application Tips: Colored (pigmented) dry shakes require special attention for a uniform color. Care should be
taken with regard to the following; delay application of the shake as long as possible to get the maximum color
saturation at the surface of the slab, apply the shake as evenly as possible and in two applications for maximum
uniformity, do not burnish trowel the floor. Best appearance is achieved by hand trowelling the final finish.
Curing and Sealing After finishing operations are complete and the surface will not be marred by foot traffic,
apply a Euclid Chemical curing compound or cure and seal according to product instructions. To produce an
exceptionally durable and dustproof surface, cure with a dissipating or removable curing compound such as
KUREZ DR VOX or KUREZ RC, then seal with EUCO DIAMOND HARD or ULTRASIL Li+.

Clean-up
Clean tools and equipment with soap and water before material hardens.

Precautions/Limitations
• Proper curing and sealing is required.
• Curing with a sheet membrane (poly or burlene) is acceptable, however potential mottling problems may
occur.
• Sufficient labor is required to produce consistent results on large placements.
• Important: Air-entraining admixtures may complicate finishing operations and cause blistering. Contact The
Euclid Chemical Company if applied over air entrained concrete with more than 3% total air content.
• Do not burnish trowel light reflective surface hardeners.
• Not recommended for floors subjected to acids or other corrosive chemicals that may attack a cement based
material.
• Store product in a dry place.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
148
EUCO DIAMOND SHOT SF

Miscellaneous products
High-Strength Shotcrete Mix for Abrasion Resistant Surfaces

Description
EUCO DIAMOND SHOT SF is a high strength dry shotcrete mix that incorporates a high loading of steel fibers. It
uses a proprietary technology to offer high early and ultimate strengths. EUCO DIAMOND SHOT SF can develop
3,500 psi (23 MPa) within two hours, and over 14,000 psi (96.5 MPa) in 5 days. Dust generation and rebound
are similar to wet shotcrete mixes. Cohesion of the mix, allows high build and higher shear bond strengths than
conventional shotcrete mixes. EUCO DIAMOND SHOT SF also offers higher resistance to hydrogen sulfide and
excellent abrasion resistance due to the high fiber loading.

Primary Applications
• Crusher station areas
• Loading pocket surfaces
• Ore transfer areas
• Ore and Waste pass surfaces

Features/Benefits
• Vertical build >9” (225mm) in single pass • Approximately 5 times the abrasion resistance of
conventional shotcrete
• Overhead build >6” (150mm) in single pass
• Resistant to hydrogen sulfide
• High early strength will allow faster in-service time

Euco DIAMOND shot


• Extremely low permeability
• High ultimate strength could allow a thinner
application • Rebound is typically < 3%
• 90% less dust than conventional dry shotcrete

Technical Information
Typical Engineering Data Shear Bond Strength ASTM C 882 (modified)
The following results were developed 2hours 1,245 psi (8.6 MPa)
under laboratory conditions.
4hours 375 psi (9.5 MPa)
Compressive Strength
7days 3,167 psi (21.8 MPa)
ASTM C 109 2” (50 mm) Cubes
Length Change ASTM C 157, 50% R.H.
2 hours 3,500 psi (23.4 MPa)
2 days -0.045%
4 hours 4,500 psi (31.0 MPa)
7 days -0.084%
24 hours 6,750 psi (46.5 MPa)
14 days -0.096%
3 days 8,000 psi (55.2 MPa)
21 days -0.101%
7 days 10,200 psi(70.3 MPa)
Freeze/Thaw Resistance
28 days 14,250 psi (98.2 MPa)
Master Format #:
ASTM C 666 Procedure A
Flexural Strength ASTM C 348 (modified)
300 cycles >98% RDM
03 30 00

2hours 760 psi (4.6 MPa)


4hours 775 psi (5.3 MPa)
24hours 1,190 psi( 8.2 MPa)
3days 1,615 psi (11.1 MPa)
7days 1,820 psi (12.5 MPa)
28days 2,048 psi (14.1 MPa)

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
149
Packaging
EUCO dimaond SHOT is packaged in 50 lb (22.7 kg) moisture resistant bags and is also available in 2,200
lb (1,500 kg) spout-bottom bulk bags. Yield will vary according to the amount of water added during the
shotcreting operation.

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened package.

Directions for Use


Usage: When using EUCO diamond SHOT at 70oF (21oC), initial set is in approximately 45 minutes allowing
time to finish the surface for architectural purposes. After initial set, strength development is very rapid; the heat
generated from the exothermic reaction is similar to conventional shotcrete mixes.

Precautions/Limitations
• For optimum results, condition material to 65 to 85oF (18 to 29oC).
• Store product in a dry place.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
150
Vandex BB 75

Miscellaneous products
NSF Approved Waterproof Coating

Description
VANDEX BB 75 is an engineered surface waterproof coating with hydrophobic properties that is NSF/ANSI Standard 61
approved for use with potable water. VANDEX BB 75 can be brush or spray applied to either the positive or negative side of
a concrete or masonry substrate in need of waterproofing. Tested to over 230 feet of hydrostatic pressure, VANDEX BB 75 is
suitable for horizontal and vertical/overhead uses. While resistant to water and moisture, VANDEX BB 75 allows the structure
to breathe by allowing the passage of vapor.

Primary Applications
• Structural slabs • Tunnels • Sewage & water treatment plants
• Swimming pools • Dams & water reservoirs • Culverts
• Foundations & basements • Manholes • Spillways

Features/Benefits
• Positive or negative side to minimize excavation • NSF approved for potable water
• Allows vapor to pass through substrate • Perfect for vertical/overhead and horizontal surfaces

Technical Information
Material Properties @70oF and 50% RH under laboratory conditions
Setting Time...........................2 to 4 hours Flexural Strength ASTM C348
Compressive Strength ASTM C109 28 days........................................870 psi
28 days........................................5,800 psi Modulus of Elasticity ASTM C469
VANDEX BB 75 is concrete gray in color 28 days...............................3.1 x 106 psi

Vandex BB 75
Packaging
VANDEX BB 75 is packaged in 55 lb. bags

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened package

Specifications/Compliances
VANDEX BB 75 is NSF (ANSI STD 61) approved for use with potable water
US Army Corps of Engineers CRD C-48

Coverage
Coverages rates for VANDEX BB 75 vary depending on the application. Below are typcial applications and their usage rate.
Dampness - 5.5 lbs/yd2 (90 ft2/bag per coat) Surface water/seepage - 7.4 lbs/yd2 (66 ft2/bag per coat)
Water pressure - 11 lbs/yd2 (45 ft2/bag per coat)

Master Format #:
Directions for Use
Surface Preparation: The surface must be structurally sound, clean and free of dirt, oil and other contaminants including
07 16 16

curing compounds, form release agents, old coatings, paint and efflorescence. New concrete and masonry must be cured
a minimum of 7 days. All concrete laitance must also be removed. Provide an absorptive surface on all substrates including
precast and formed concrete. The surface must have an open pore appearance for proper adhesion. Remove form marks
and other protrusions. Concrete honeycombs, cavities, joints, cracks, voids, tie holes and other defects must be opened and
routed to a 3/4” depth or to sound material. No active water leaks should be present at the time of application of VANDEX BB
75. Use SPEED PLUG, VANDEX PLUG, or VANDEX SUPER mixed with VANDEX QUICKBINDER to stop all active leaks. Any
surface defects need to be addressed with the application of VANDEX UNI MORTAR 1 ZSR. Once prepared, the substrate
needs to soaked with water to a saturated, surface-dry (SSD) condition just prior to the application of the material.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
151
Mixing: Mix the entire of bag of VANDEX BB 75 with 1.3 - 1.5 gal of clean water for brush or trowel applications. For spray
applications, mix the entire bag with 1.5 - 1.65 gal of clean water. In either case, mix the material for at least 3 minutes with
a drill and mixing paddle.
Application:  Brush or trowel: After the substrate has been prepared as described above, apply VANDEX BB 75 from the
bottom-up and work well into the substrate. Ensure that all cavities on the surface are filled. If a second layer is required
it must be applied while the first coat is still “green”. The time between applications is 2 to 4 hours, depending on local
conditions. Take care not to damage the first coat while applying the second coat. If a trowel is used to apply the material,
use a mason’s brush to texture the first coat prior to the application of the second coat for maximum adhesion.
Spray: VANDEX BB 75 may be applied using appropriate spray equipment with compressed air (i.e. hoppergun). For spray
equipment, the recommended air pressure is approx. 73 psi with a delivery rate of 18 ft3/minute, using a 1/4” nozzle diameter.
The first layer of VANDEX BB 75 is applied using a circular motion with nozzle at a 90o angle to the substrate. A trowel or
brush is then used to work the material into the substrate. If needed, spray apply a second coat while the first coat is still
“green” and can support the second coat. Time between coats is typically 2 to 4 hours, depending on local conditions. The
second layer can be trowelled flat or left textured.
Curing and protection: VANDEX BB 75 is cement based and will cure in the same fashion as ordinary concrete. For
maximum effectiveness, it is essential that the material be wet cured for a minimum of 5 days. Once VANDEX BB 75 has
hardened sufficiently, standard wet curing processes such as wet or fog spraying, or covering with polyethylene sheeting,
wet burlap or burlene. VANDEX BB 75 must be protected from rain during the first 24 hours and be protected from frost for
at least 5 days. Use insulation blankets if necessary. Backfilling can occur 3 days after placement. VANDEX BB 75 treated
surfaces need to be protected from gouging and scratching during the backfill process using protective mats or boards.
Application of topical treatments: Prior to the application of aesthetic coatings over top of VANDEX BB 75 treated surfaces,
the material needs to be cured for 28 days. If a plaster or stucco finish is to be used, apply a compatible bonding agent to
the VANDEX BB 75 surface.
Filling of water retaining structures: Filling of VANDEX BB 75 treated structures can occur once the material has had
sufficient time to cure. Typically, 14 days would be required prior to filling. If the project is “fast-tracked” and the structure
needs filled sooner, the material needs to be checked for sufficient hardness no sooner than 7 days after placement.

Clean-Up
Clean mixing and application equipment with water immediately after use. Clean splatter or spills with water before material
sets. If allowed to dry on the surface, removal becomes extremely difficult.

Precautions/Limitations
• Do not apply to frozen or frost filled surfaces or when temperature is below or expected to fall below 40°F within 48 hours.
• Protect treated surfaces from frost for 5 days.
• Do not fill open cisterns, tanks, pools, etc. with water for at least 7 days. Inspect for hardness prior to filling.
• Allow minimum 3 days drying time before backfilling. Use protection boards to prevent gouging.
• Allow 28 days cure before the application of coatings and cementitious treatments.
• Protect treated surfaces for 24 hours from rain.
• Apply a test patch to evaluate performance and appearance on concrete or block substrates which have been subjected
to contamination, efflorescence or chemical attack.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev.
Rev.03.11
8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
152
Vandex Cemelast

Miscellaneous products
Elasticized Waterproof Coating

Description
VANDEX CEMELAST is an elastic surface waterproof coating with hydrophobic properties. VANDEX CEMELAST is comprised
of VANDEX CEMELAST LIQUID and VANDEX BB 75 powder. When the two are mixed together to create VANDEX CEMELAST,
areas that are subject to cracking and minor movement can be easily waterproofed. Tested to over 50 feet of hydrostatic
pressure, VANDEX CEMELAST is suitable for horizontal and vertical/overhead uses. While resistant to water and moisture,
VANDEX CEMELAST allows the structure to breathe by allowing the passage of vapor.

Primary Applications
• Structural slabs • Tunnels • Sewage & water treatment plants
• Swimming pools • Dams & water reservoirs • Culverts
• Foundations & basements • Manholes • Spillways

Features/Benefits
• Positive side waterproofing • Elastomeric properties for cracked substrates
• Allows vapor to pass through substrate • Perfect for vertical/overhead and horizontal surfaces

Technical Information
Material Properties @70oF and 50% RH under laboratory conditions
Setting Time...........................2 to 4 hours Elongation at Rupture
Adhesive Strength final..................................................13%
28 days........................................175 psi Tear Resistance

Vandex Cemelast
VANDEX CEMELAST is concrete gray in color final.............................................130 psi

Packaging
VANDEX CEMELAST LIQUID is packaged in 2.6 gal pails. VANDEX BB 75 is packaged in 55 lb. bags

Shelf Life
VANDEX CEMELAST LIQUID is good for 6 months in the original, unopened package. VANDEX BB 75 has a shelf life of 12
months in the original, unopened packaging.

Coverage
One mixed unit of VANDEX CEMELAST will cover approximately 109 ft2 at 2mm in thickness. Two coats are recommended
for proper performance.

Directions for Use

Master Format #:
Surface Preparation: The surface must be structurally sound, clean and free of dirt, oil and other contaminants including
curing compounds, form release agents, old coatings, paint and efflorescence. New concrete and masonry must be cured
a minimum of 7 days. All concrete laitance must also be removed. Provide an absorptive surface on all substrates including
07 16 16

precast and formed concrete. The surface must have an open pore appearance for proper adhesion. Remove form marks
and other protrusions. Concrete honeycombs, cavities, joints, cracks, voids, tie holes and other defects must be opened and
routed to a 3/4” depth or to sound material. No active water leaks should be present at the time of application of VANDEX
CEMELAST. Use SPEED PLUG, VANDEX PLUG, or VANDEX SUPER mixed with VANDEX QUICKBINDER to stop all active
leaks. Any surface defects need to be addressed with the application of VANDEX UNI MORTAR 1 ZSR. Once prepared, the
substrate should be dry, but slight dampness is acceptable prior to the application of the material.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
153
Mixing: Place the entire contents of VANDEX CEMELAST LIQUID into a clean mixing pail. Slowly add the entire bag of
VANDEX BB 75. Mix the material for at least 3 minutes with a drill and mixing paddle. in the event small amounts of VANDEX
CEMELAST need to be mixed, mix at a ratio of 5.5 lbs. of powder to 2 lbs. of liquid.
Application:  Brush or trowel: After the substrate has been prepared as described above, apply VANDEX CEMELAST from
the bottom-up and work well into the substrate. Ensure that all cavities on the surface are filled. Apply the second layer while
the first coat is still “green”. The time between applications is 2 to 4 hours, depending on local conditions. Take care not to
damage the first coat while applying the second coat. If a trowel is used to apply the material, use a mason’s brush to texture
the first coat prior to the application of the second coat for maximum adhesion. Apply 2 coats at 2mm in thickness each. The
entire coating is not to exceed 4mm in thickness.
Spray: VANDEX CEMELAST may be applied using appropriate spray equipment with compressed air (i.e. hoppergun). For
spray equipment, the recommended air pressure is approx. 73 psi with a delivery rate of 18 ft3/minute, using a 1/4” nozzle
diameter. The first layer of VANDEX CEMELAST is applied using a circular motion with nozzle at a 90o angle to the substrate.
A trowel or brush is then used to work the material into the substrate. If needed, spray apply a second coat while the first coat
is still “green” and can support the second coat. Time between coats is typically 2 to 4 hours, depending on local conditions.
The second layer can be trowelled flat or left textured.
Curing and protection: VANDEX CEMELAST requires no curing procedures due to the enhancement from the VANDEX
CEMELAST LIQUID. Take caution to shield the freshly placed material from extreme temperatures and wind. VANDEX
CEMELAST must be protected from rain during the first 24 hours and be protected from frost for at least 5 days. Use
insulation blankets if necessary. Backfilling can occur 3 days after placement. VANDEX CEMELAST treated surfaces need to
be protected from gouging and scratching during the backfill process using protective mats or boards.
Application of topical treatments: Prior to the application of aesthetic coatings over top of VANDEX CEMELAST treated
surfaces, the material needs to be cured for 28 days. If a plaster or stucco finish is to be used, apply a compatible bonding
agent to the VANDEX CEMELAST surface.
Filling of water retaining structures: Filling of VANDEX CEMELAST treated structures can occur once the material has had
sufficient time to cure. Typically, 14 days would be required prior to filling. If the project is “fast-tracked” and the structure
needs filled sooner, the material needs to be checked for sufficient hardness no sooner than 7 days after placement.

Clean-Up
Clean mixing and application equipment with water immediately after use. Clean splatter or spills with water before material
sets. If allowed to dry on the surface, removal becomes extremely difficult.

Precautions/Limitations
• Do not apply to frozen or frost filled surfaces or when temperature is below or expected to fall below 40°F within 48 hours.
• Protect treated surfaces from frost for 5 days.
• Do not fill open cisterns, tanks, pools, etc. with water for at least 7 days. Inspect for hardness prior to filling.
• Allow minimum 3 days drying time before backfilling. Use protection boards to prevent gouging.
• Allow 28 days cure before the application of coatings and cementitious treatments.
• Protect treated surfaces for 24 hours from rain.
• Apply a test patch to evaluate performance and appearance on concrete or block substrates which have been subjected
to contamination, efflorescence or chemical attack.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
154
Vandex Uni Mortar 1 ZSR

Miscellaneous products
NSF Approved Repair and Waterproofing Mortar

Description
VANDEX UNI MORTAR 1 ZSR is a single component, NSF approved for potable water resurfacing mortar and liner for
horizontal, vertical and overhead repairs. In addition to repairing concrete and masonry substrates, VANDEX UNI MORTAR
1 ZSR also waterproofs and is resistant to residential sewage and sulfates. VANDEX UNI MORTAR 1 ZSR is applied in 1/4”
to 1/2” lifts by trowel or spray equipment.

Primary Applications
• Structural slabs • Tunnels • Sewage & water treatment plants
• Swimming pools • Dams & water reservoirs • Culverts
• Foundations & basements • Manholes • Spillways

Features/Benefits
• NSF approved for potable water • Perfect for horizontal, vertical and overhead surfaces
• Sewage and sulfate resistant • Repairs and waterproofs at the same time

Technical Information
Material Properties @70oF and 50% RH under laboratory conditions
Compressive Strength ASTM C109 Tensile Bond ASTM C321
28 days.........................................................6,500 psi 28 days...............................................................220 psi

Vandex Uni Mortar 1 ZSR


Modulus of Elasticity ASTM C469 Shrinkage ASTM C596
28 days..................................................3.55 x 106 psi 28 days................................................................ .025%
Flexural Strength ASTM C348 Set Time.....................................................4 to 6 hours
28 days.........................................................1,000 psi
VANDEX UNI MORTAR 1 ZSR is concrete gray in color

Packaging
VANDEX UNI MORTAR 1 ZSR is packaged in 55 lb. bags

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened package

Specifications/Compliances
VANDEX UNI MORTAR 1 ZSR is NSF (ANSI STD 61) approved for use with potable water

Coverage
When mixed with 1 gal of clean water, VANDEX UNI MORTAR 1 ZSR yields .44 ft3. This will cover approx. 22 ft2 at 1/4”.

Directions for Use Master Format #:


07 16 13

Surface Preparation: The surface must be structurally sound, clean and free of dirt, oil and other contaminants including
curing compounds, form release agents, old coatings, paint and efflorescence. New concrete and masonry must be cured
a minimum of 7 days. All concrete laitance must also be removed. Mechanically prepare the concrete to a CSP 3-5 in
accordance with ICRI Guideline 310.2. Concrete honeycombs, cavities, joints, cracks, voids, tie holes and other defects
must be opened and routed to a 3/4” depth or to sound material. No active water leaks should be present at the time of
application of VANDEX UNI MORTAR 1 ZSR. Use SPEED PLUG, VANDEX PLUG, or VANDEX SUPER mixed with VANDEX
QUICKBINDER to stop all active leaks. Once prepared, the substrate needs to soaked with water to a saturated, surface-dry
(SSD) condition just prior to the application of the material.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
155
Mixing: Mix the entire of bag of VANDEX UNI MORTAR 1 ZSR with .8 to 1 gal of clean water for at least 3 minutes with a drill
and mortar mixing paddle. For single bags, add the correct amount of water to a clean pail. Slowly mix in the contents of the
bag. For multiple bag batches, use a horizontal shaft mortar mixer.
Application:  After the substrate has been prepared as described above and the surface is in SSD condition, use a brush
and apply a scrub coat of the mixed VANDEX UNI MORTAR 1 ZSR onto the substrate. Ensure that all cavities on the surface
are filled. Don’t apply the scrub coat too far ahead of where the repair is being made. The scrub coat must be covered by
the initial lift before it dries out or it will become a bond breaker. Once the scrub coat has been applied, apply the first lift of
mortar. The minimum thickness per lift is 1/4”, while the maximum is 1/2”. If additional lifts are to be applied, wait approx.
2-4 hours for the last lift applied to tighten up. Using the side of a trowel or a brush, score or texture the visible layer to give
the additional layers a mechanical bond as well as a chemical bond. For small areas such as coves & fillets, VANDEX UNI
MORTAR 1 ZSR can be applied up to 1 1/4” x 1 1/4” to create a smooth transition.
Spray: VANDEX UNI MORTAR 1 ZSR may be applied using appropriate spray equipment with compressed air. For spray
equipment, the recommended air pressure is approx. 73 psi with a delivery rate of 18 ft3/minute, using a 3/8” nozzle diameter.
The first layer of VANDEX UNI MORTAR 1 ZSR is applied using a circular motion with nozzle at a 90o angle to the substrate.
Use a trowel or brush to texture the top lift if additional material will be applied. If needed, spray apply additional lifts while
the exposed layer is still “green” and can support the additional lift. Time between lifts is typically 2 to 4 hours, depending
on local conditions.
Curing and protection: VANDEX UNI MORTAR 1 ZSR is cement based and will cure in the same fashion as ordinary
concrete. For maximum effectiveness, it is essential that the material be wet cured for a minimum of 5 days. Once VANDEX
UNI MORTAR 1 ZSR has hardened sufficiently, standard wet curing processes such as wet or fog spraying, or covering with
polyethylene sheeting, wet burlap or burlene if a topical treatment is to be applied. If VANDEX UNI MORTAR 1 ZSR is going
to be the final finish a water based curing compound should be applied. The mortar must be protected from rain during the
first 24 hours and be protected from frost for at least 5 days. Use insulation blankets if necessary. Backfilling can occur 3
days after placement.
Application of topical treatments: Prior to the application of waterproofing or aesthetic coatings over top of VANDEX UNI
MORTAR 1 ZSR repairs, the material needs to be cured for 28 days.
Filling of water retaining structures: Per standard water industry practices, filling of VANDEX UNI MORTAR 1 ZSR repaired
structures can occur once the material has had sufficient time to cure. This is usually after 14 days, but if the project is fast
tracked and requires quicker filling, consideration may be given after 7 days, but the material needs checked for sufficient
hardness.

Clean-Up
Clean mixing and application equipment with water immediately after use. If allowed to dry on the surface, removal becomes
extremely difficult.

Precautions/Limitations
• Condition all materials to room temperature at least 24 hours prior to use.
• Do not apply to frozen or frost filled surfaces or when temperature is below or expected to fall below 40°F within 48 hours.
• Protect repairs from frost for 5 days.
• Do not fill open cisterns, tanks, pools, etc. with water for at least 7 days. Inspect for hardness prior to filling.
• Allow minimum 3 days cure time before backfilling. Use caution when backfilling early to prevent damage.
• Allow 28 days cure before the application of coatings and cementitious treatments.
• Protect repaired substrates for 24 hours from rain.
• Apply a test patch to evaluate performance on concrete or block substrates which have been subjected to contamination,
efflorescence or chemical attack.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
156
Vandex Super/Super White

Miscellaneous products
NSF Approved Crystalline Waterproofing

Description
VANDEX SUPER and VANDEX SUPER WHITE are of similar nature. VANDEX SUPER is based on gray cement and is concrete
gray in color, whereas VANDEX SUPER WHITE utilizes white cement as the binder and is white in color. The remainder of
this document will reference both products as VANDEX SUPER, unless noted. VANDEX SUPER becomes an integral part
of the concrete substrate once applied and waterproofs the negative or positive side through a crystallization process. The
crystals created block the capillaries and minor shrinkage cracks within the concrete to prevent any further water ingress. In
addition to waterproofing, VANDEX SUPER protects concrete substrates against saltwater, wastewater, harsh ground water
and certain chemical solutions. VANDEX SUPER (gray) is ANSI/NSF approved for use with potable water.

Primary Applications
• Structural slabs • Tunnels • Sewage & water treatment plants
• Swimming pools • Dams & water reservoirs • Construction joints
• Foundations & basements • Manholes • Spillways

Features/Benefits
• Positive or negative side to minimize excavation • NSF approved for potable water (gray only)
• Allows vapor to pass through substrate • Remains permanently active within concrete

Packaging

Vandex Super/Super White


VANDEX SUPER (gray) is packaged in 50 lb. bags and 50 lb. plastic pails. VANDEX SUPER WHITE is packaged in 50 lb.
pails only.

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened package

Specifications/Compliances
VANDEX SUPER (gray only) is approved by NSF (ANSI STD 61) for use with potable water
US Army Corps of Engineers CRD C-48

Coverage
Coverages rates for VANDEX SUPER vary depending on the application. Below are typcial applications and their usage rate.
Positive and negative side wall waterproofing 1.4 lb/yd2 ­x 2 applications (320 ft2/bag per coat)
Water retaining structures 1.4 lb/yd2 ­x 2 applications (320 ft2/bag per coat)
Freshly placed concrete slabs (including split slabs) 2.2 lb/yd2­ x 1 application (204 ft2/bag per coat)
Construction joints 2.8 lb/yd2­ x 1 application (160 ft2/bag per coat)

Directions for Use


Surface Preparation: The surface must be structurally sound, clean and free of dirt, oil and other contaminants including
curing compounds, form release agents, old coatings, paint and efflorescence. New concrete and masonry must be cured
Master Format #:
07 16 16

a minimum of 7 days. All concrete laitance must also be removed. Provide an absorptive surface on all substrates including
precast and formed concrete. The surface must have an open capillary system for adhesion and for optimum crystalline
growth. Remove form marks and other protrusions. Concrete honeycombs, cavities, joints, cracks, voids, tie holes and other
defects must be opened and routed to sound material. No active water leaks should be present at the time of application
of VANDEX SUPER. Use SPEED PLUG, VANDEX PLUG, or VANDEX SUPER mixed with VANDEX QUICKBINDER to stop
all active leaks. Any surface defects need to be addressed with the application of VANDEX UNI MORTAR 1 ZSR. Once
prepared, the substrate needs to soaked with water to a saturated, surface-dry (SSD) condition just prior to the application
of the material.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
157
Mixing: Approximate mixing ratio is 2 parts clean, potable water to 5 parts of VANDEX SUPER powder by volume. Alternately,
mix the entire 50 lb. bag or pail with 1.75 to 2.0 gal of water. DO NOT MIX any more material than can be used within 20
minutes. Agitate the mixture frequently to restore workability.
Application:  Brush: Apply VANDEX SUPER to properly prepared concrete and masonry substrates with a masonry brush.
Spread the material across the SSD surface and work into the surface at the specified coverage rate. If a second coat is
required, apply the second coat while the coat is still “green” and can support the second coat being scrubbed over top of
it. The setting time of VANDEX SUPER (gray) is 60 minutes, while the setting time of VANDEX SUPER WHITE is approx. 150
minutes. Set times were determined under laboratory conditions at 72oF.
Spray: VANDEX SUPER may be applied using appropriate spray equipment with compressed air (i.e. hoppergun). For spray
equipment, the recommended air pressure is approx. 73 psi with a delivery rate of 18 ft3/minute. If needed, spray apply a
second coat while the first coat is still “green” and can support the second coat.
New concrete slabs: Place and screed concrete as usual. Once the concrete has reached initial set and the bleed water
has disappeared, use a power trowel with float shoes to open the surface of the concrete. Broadcast VANDEX SUPER over
the surface at the specified amount with a mesh sieve or other mechanical means. The material must then be worked into
the surface with float shoes prior to the start of final finishing procedures.
Split slab construction: Once the base slab has been placed (min. 4”), apply VANDEX SUPER at the specified rate with a
mesh sieve. Proceed to placing the topping slab as to not displace any of the material on the base slab.
Construction joints: Just prior to the placement of the adjoining slab, apply the specified amount of VANDEX SUPER slurry
to the prepared, exposed side of the slab in place. Take care in not displacing the material as the adjacent slab is placed.
Curing and protection: VANDEX SUPER is cement based and will cure in the same fashion as ordinary concrete. For
maximum effectiveness, it is essential that the material be wet cured for a minimum of 5 days. Once VANDEX SUPER has
hardened sufficiently, standard wet curing processes such as wet or fog spraying, or covering with polyethylene sheeting,
wet burlap or burlene. VANDEX SUPER must be protected from rain during the first 24 hours and be protected from frost for
at least 5 days. Use insulation blankets if necessary. Backfilling can occur 3 days after placement. VANDEX SUPER treated
surfaces need to be protected from gouging and scratching during the backfill process.
Application of topical treatments: Prior to the application of aesthetic coatings over top of VANDEX SUPER treated surfaces,
the material needs to be cured and neutralized. Allow 28 days for the VANDEX SUPER to fully cure. After that time, soak
the treated surface with water and apply a diluted solution of hydrochloric (muriatic) acid (1:8). Thoroughly rinse with clean
water immediately after the application. DO NOT ALLOW the diluted acid solution to dry on the material. Use all necessary
protective means (gloves, goggles, respirators and clothing) when working with the diluted acid solution.
Filling of water retaining structures: Filling of VANDEX SUPER treated structures can occur once the material has had
sufficient time to cure. Typically, 14 days would be required prior to filling. If the project is “fast-tracked” and the structure
needs filled sooner, the material needs to be checked for sufficient hardness no sooner than 7 days after placement.

Clean-Up
Clean mixing and application equipment with water immediately after use. Clean splatter or spills with water before material
sets. If allowed to dry on the surface, removal becomes extremely difficult.

Precautions/Limitations
• Do not retemper VANDEX SUPER/SUPER WHITE.
• Do not mix more material than can be placed in 20 minutes.
• Do not apply to frozen or frost filled surfaces or when temperature is below or expected to fall below 40°F within 48 hours.
• Protect treated surfaces from frost for 5 days.
• Do not apply VANDEX SUPER at temperatures above 90°F, unless the surface has been fully saturated with water at the time
the application begins. Take protective measures to shade substrates in elevated temperatures.
• VANDEX SUPER slurry is not designed as a wearing surface. Apply a protective topcoat before subjecting it to traffic.
• Do not fill open cisterns, tanks, pools, etc. with water for at least 7 days. Inspect for hardness prior to filling.
• Allow minimum 3 days drying time before backfilling. Use protection boards to prevent gouging.
• Allow 28 days cure and neutralize the product before the application of coatings.
• Protect treated surfaces for 24 hours from rain.
• Apply a test patch to evaluate performance and appearance on concrete or block substrates which have been subjected
to contamination, efflorescence or chemical attack.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
158
Vandex Construction Joint Tape

Miscellaneous products
Waterproofing strip for static joints and cracks

Description
VANDEX CONSTRUCTION JOINT TAPE is a 7” wide synthetic rubber “tape” that is covered with an alkali resistant and flexible
polyester fabric, which forms a web around the edges. VANDEX CONSTRUCTION JOINT TAPE is used in conjunction with
VANDEX BB 75, VANDEX BB 75E, or VANDEX CEMELAST to provide a permanent waterproof seal over static joints and
cracks on either the positive or negative side of a substrate where water is a problem.

Primary Applications
• Structural slabs • Tunnels • Sewage & water treatment plants
• Swimming pools • Dams & water reservoirs • Culverts
• Foundations & basements • Manholes • Spillways

Features/Benefits
• Waterproofs on the positive or negative side • Remains flexible
• Resistant to hydrostatic pressure • Can be applied to green concrete for fast turnaround

Packaging

Vandex Construction Joint Tape


VANDEX CONSTRUCTION JOINT TAPE is supplied in 98.4 ft (30m) rolls.

Shelf Life
VANDEX CONSTRUCTION JOINT TAPE has an infinite shelf life provided it is stored in its original, unopened package in a
dry environment.

Coverage
One roll of VANDEX CONSTRUCTION JOINT TAPE will seal 98.4 linear feet of joint or crack. The tape is 7” wide with an
additional 1 1/4” of fabric webbing off the edges.

Directions for Use


Surface Preparation: The surface must be structurally sound, clean and free of dirt, oil and other contaminants including
curing compounds, form release agents, old coatings, paint and efflorescence. New concrete and masonry must be cured
a minimum of 7 days. All concrete laitance must also be removed. Provide an absorptive surface on all substrates including
precast and formed concrete. The surface must have an open pore appearance for proper adhesion. Remove form marks
and other protrusions. Concrete honeycombs, cavities, joints, cracks, voids, tie holes and other defects must be opened and
routed to a 3/4” depth or to sound material. No active water leaks should be present at the time of application of VANDEX
CONSTRUCTION JOINT TAPE. Use SPEED PLUG, VANDEX PLUG, or VANDEX SUPER mixed with VANDEX QUICKBINDER
to stop all active leaks. Any surface defects need to be addressed with the application of VANDEX UNI MORTAR 1 ZSR. If
the VANDEX CONSTRUCTION JOINT TAPE is going to be used to treat cracks and joints on the negative side, rout out the
cracks and joints to 3/4” in depth and fill with VANDEX UNI MORTAR 1 ZSR. Once prepared, the substrate should be dry, but

Master Format #:
slight dampness is acceptable prior to the application of the material. 07 16 16

Mixing: VANDEX CONSTRUCTION JOINT TAPE requires no mixing or preparation, however the VANDEX slurry materials
used to adhere the tape to the substrate require mixing. Please refer to the technical data sheets of either VANDEX BB 75,
VANDEX BB 75E, or VANDEX CEMELAST for proper mixing and application instructions.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
159
Application:  After preparing the joint or crack as described above, follow the directions on the VANDEX slurry material
technical data sheet for mixing and placement. Apply the first coat of slurry material and be sure to extend the application
of the VANDEX slurry material at least 3/8” beyond the width of the tape in each direction. Position the tape over the applied
coating and embed properly, making sure the fabric webbing on the edges gets fully embedded. Overcoat the tape with a
second lift of VANDEX slurry mortar and smooth with a trowel or damp brush. In the event the VANDEX CONSTRUCTION
JOINT TAPE and slurry are applied for negative side protection, mechanical bracing will be required if hydrostatic pressure is
present through the crack or joint in the substrate.
For lap splices, overlap the tape at least 8”, using the VANDEX slurry material as an adhesive for the splice. For internal and
external corners, use a 1 1/4” x 1 1/4” piece of VANDEX CONSTRUCTION JOINT TAPE adhered to the material in the corner
for added reinforcement.
Curing and protection: While the VANDEX CONSTRUCTION JOINT TAPE requires no special curing, the slurry mortar used
in the process may. Please refer to the technical data sheet of the VANDEX slurry mortar used for all curing, protection and
return to service requirements.

Clean-Up
Clean mixing and application equipment with water immediately after use. Clean splatter or spills with water before material
sets. If allowed to dry on the surface, removal becomes extremely difficult.

Precautions/Limitations
• Do not apply to frozen or frost filled surfaces or when temperature is below or expected to fall below 40°F within 48 hours.
• Protect treated surfaces from frost for 5 days.
• Do not fill open cisterns, tanks, pools, etc. with water for at least 7 days. Inspect for hardness prior to filling.
• Allow minimum 3 days drying time before backfilling. Use protection boards to prevent gouging.
• Allow 28 days cure before the application of coatings and cementitious treatments.
• Protect treated surfaces for 24 hours from rain.
• Apply a test patch to evaluate performance and appearance on concrete or block substrates which have been subjected
to contamination, efflorescence or chemical attack.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
160
Vandex Flextape System

Miscellaneous products
High performance sealing system for dynamic joints and cracks

Description
The VANDEX FLEXTAPE SYSTEM is comprised of the VANDEX FLEXTAPE thermoplastic elastomer (TPE) seal strip and
the VANDEX FLEXTAPE EPOXY ADHESIVE, which is a two component (1:1) gel epoxy used to adhere the seal strip to the
concrete structure. The VANDEX FLEXTAPE SYSTEM has been designed to permanently seal dynamically moving cracks
and joints from either the positive or negative side. Following a simple installation process, the VANDEX FLEXTAPE SYSTEM
provides excellent resistance to municipal sewage, saltwater, UV radiation and microorganisms. VANDEX FLEXTAPE is
available in three sizes to accomodate different joint and crack configurations. VANDEX FLEXTAPE 150/1 is 6” (150mm) wide
and 1mm thick. VANDEX FLEXTAPE 200/1 is 8” (200mm) wide and 1mm thick. VANDEX FLEXTAPE 200/2 is 8” (200mm)
wide and 2mm thick.

Primary Applications
• Marine environments • Tunnels & subways • Sewage & water treatment plants
• Swimming pools • Dams & water reservoirs • Culverts
• Foundations & basements • Spillways

Features/Benefits
• Waterproofs on the positive or negative side • Remains permanently flexible
• Resistant to hydrostatic pressure • Three sizes for accurate joint configuration

Technical Information

Vandex Flextape System


Material Properties @ 73oF and 50% RH under laboratory conditions
Vandex Flextape Epoxy Adhesive
Bond Strength ASTM D882 Compressive Strength ASTM D695
14 days..................................................................2,460 psi final..............................................................11,236 psi
Flexural Strength ASTM D790
final.........................................................................5,582 psi Gel Time.......................................................... 35 min

Vandex Flextape
Tear Strength.......................................................> 870 psi Elongation at Rupture..................................> 400%

Packaging
VANDEX FLEXTAPE 150/1, 200/1, and 200/2 are all supplied in 65.6 ft rolls. VANDEX FLEXTAPE EPOXY ADHESIVE is
available in a 2 gallon unit (1:1).

Shelf Life
VANDEX FLEXTAPE rolls have an infinite shelf life provided they are stored in their original, unopened packaging in a dry
environment. VANDEX FLEXTAPE EPOXY ADHESIVE has a 2 year shelf life if stored in its original, unopened packaging.

Coverage Master Format #:


07 16 16

All VANDEX FLEXTAPE rolls are 65.6 ft in length. Depending on the style used, the usage rate of the VANDEX FLEXTAPE EPOXY
ADHESIVE varies. The list below outlines the type of seal used and the approximate amount of epoxy consumed.
VANDEX FLEXTAPE 150/1 37 linear feet per gallon
VANDEX FLEXTAPE 200/1 23 linear feet per gallon
VANDEX FLEXTAPE 200/2 23 linear feet per gallon


The Euclid Chemical Company
19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
161
Directions for Use
Surface Preparation: The surface must be structurally sound, clean and free of dirt, oil and other contaminants including
curing compounds, form release agents, old coatings, paint and efflorescence. New concrete and masonry must be cured
a minimum of 7 days. All concrete laitance must also be removed. Provide an absorptive surface on all substrates including
precast and formed concrete. The surface must have an open pore appearance for proper adhesion. Remove form marks
and other protrusions. Concrete honeycombs, cavities, joints, cracks, voids, tie holes and other defects must be opened and
routed to a 3/4” depth or to sound material. No active water leaks should be present at the time of application of VANDEX
FLEXTAPE SYSTEM. Use SPEED PLUG, VANDEX PLUG, or VANDEX SUPER mixed with VANDEX QUICKBINDER to stop all
active leaks. Any surface defects need to be addressed with the application of VANDEX UNI MORTAR 1 ZSR. At the time of
application, the substrate must not exceed 4% (content by weight) moisture.

Mixing: Pre-mix the “A” and “B” components of the VANDEX FLEXTAPE EPOXY ADHESIVE. Place the “A” component into a
clean mixing vessel and slowly add the “B” component. Mix for at least 3 minutes, until a uniform color is reached.

Application:  Apply the properly mixed epoxy adhesive as an initial coating to both sides of the joint or crack with a straight
edged or notched trowel. Don’t apply the epoxy right up to the edge of the crack or joint. Leave the epoxy recessed slightly
so that when the sealing tape is pressed into the epoxy, it doesn’t get displaced into the joint or crack. The thickness of
the VANDEX FLEXTAPE EPOXY ADHESIVE depends on the texture of the substrate. That standard thickness is 1 to 2mm.
Immediately after the epoxy adhesive is applied, press the VANDEX FLEXTAPE firmly into the epoxy. Any entrapped air
bubbles must be removed with a small roller. Where the anticipated joint movement exceeds the performance characteristics
of the material, the tape can be applied with a bellows configuration to the increase the movement capabilities of the system.
Immediately after placing the tape, apply a second application of the epoxy adhesive over the top of the ends of the VANDEX
FLEXTAPE. Don’t apply the epoxy adhesive directly over the tape where it spans the joint or crack, as this is the area where
the expansion and contraction will occur. In areas where the VANDEX FLEXTAPE SYSTEM is to be used for negative side
waterproofing, a counterpressure device, such as a field fabricated brace, must be used. If the sealed joint or crack area is
going to have a coating system applied over it, broadcast oven dried silica sand to refusal over the wet epoxy. Once dry,
remove any excess sand prior to the installation of the coating.
For applications where chemical attack isn’t a concern, VANDEX UNIFLEX NV polymer adhesive can be used to adhere
the FLEXTAPE materials to the concrete substrate. Please refer to the technical data sheet for VANDEX UNIFLEX NV for
application instructions.
For lap splices, overlap the tape at least 1 1/2”. The tape must be thermally welded together with hot air. The temperature of
the hot air for the 1mm thick tapes must be around 465oF and the temperature for the 2mm tape must be around 645oF. Use
a roller to smooth out the splice as it is being heated. For internal and external corners, cut the material half way up so that it
will easily bend around the corner. Cut out enough of the sealing tape from a scrap piece to make the necessary 1 1/2” lap
in all transition areas. It is recommended to dry fit all corner transitions prior to applying the epoxy adhesive.

Curing and protection: VANDEX FLEXTAPE EPOXY ADHESIVE requires no curing procedures. Epoxy adhesives are
self-curing and their cure time is dependent on the temperature. Protect the tape against any possible damage during the
remainder of any additional construction.

Clean-Up
Clean mixing and application equipment with a solvent such as acetone immediately after the application. Use personal
protection such as the appropriate gloves, goggles and respirators when working with epoxies and solvents. Cured epoxy
is very difficult to remove and will require mechanical means to do so.

Precautions/Limitations
• Do not apply to frozen or frost filled surfaces or when temperature is below or expected to fall below 40°F within 48 hours.
• Protect the tape from damage during construction.
• Use personal protection when using epoxies and solvents.
• VANDEX FLEXTAPE SYSTEM must be protected against heat exposure in excess of 155oF.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
162
EUCO DUST - Down

Miscellaneious products
Roadway Dust Control Agent

Description
EUCO DUST-down is an environmentally safe, low odor, natural liquid polymer which provides an effective
long-lasting method for controlling dust on dirt, gravel, shell, coquina, limestone, clay, sand and marl roads.
EUCO DUST-down has natural adhesive properties, which bind surface particles together forming a denser,
more compact surface. EUCO DUST-down provides a better driving surface which is less permeable to water,
and therefore, less likely to be washed away by rain or moisture uptake.

Primary Applications
Roads, driveways and parking lots at: • Farms
• Ready mix facilities • Mines
• Precast plants • Construction sites
• Aggregate manufacturers

Features/Benefits
• Decreases construction site "track out" • Reduces soil erosion
• Reduces airborne allergens • Improves community relations
• Decreases pot holes and surface break-up • Reduces liability
• Decreases vehicle maintenance • Cost efficient and labor saving
• Promotes water conservation • Reduces road maintenance

EUCO DUST - down
Packaging
EUCO DUST-down is available in 55 gal (208 L) drums, 275 gal (1041L) totes and in bulk.

Shelf Life
2 years in original unopened container.

Coverage
A general guide line for one pass is approximately one half ½ gal (1.89 L) of diluted mixture per square yard.
Dilution rates may be varied depending on the type of surface being treated.

Directions for Use


EUCO DUST-down can be easily applied with conventional spray equipment. Recommended application rate
for EUCO DUST-down is one (1) gal (3.9 L) of EUCO DUST-down to ten (10) gal (37.85 L ) of water. If applying Master Format #:
EUCO DUST-down for the first time, repeat application three (3) times (the goal is to reach an absorption depth
03 3000

of three inches). Treated areas will appear darker in color. Reapply when treated area appears to fade or after
rain. This will be highly dependent on the amount of traffic.

Clean-up
Clean equipment with plain water.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
163
Precautions/Limitations
• Equipment used to transport EUCO DUST-down should be clean and free of any contaminating residue.
• Water used to dilute EUCO DUST-down should not contain residues or other contaminants.
• The extent of dilution and the application rate should be carefully considered for the intended function.
• Consideration should be given to weather, soil and surrounding conditions.
• Use caution when opening unvented containers as pressure can accumulate.
• Foaming is a characteristic of EUCO DUST-down.
• Care should be taken to maintain EUCO DUST-down above freezing.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
164
EUCO-SPEED MP

Miscellaneious products
Magnesium Phosphate Repair Mortar

Description
EUCO-SPEED MP is a rapid-setting, rapid hardening magnesium phosphate material for the repair of concrete
and masonry surfaces. EUCO-SPEED MP requires only the addition of water and can be installed with standard
equipment and procedures. It bonds tenaciously to properly prepared concrete and provides a durable repair
which is resistant to freeze-thaw cycling and deicing salts. For temperatures above 85oF (29oC), EUCO-SPEED
MP Hot Weather should be used. For large placements use EUCO-SPEED MP HOT WEATHER extended with
pea gravel.
Primary Applications
• Bridge decks • Parking garages • Hand rail grouting • Marine structures
• Anchoring • Floors • Pavements • Joint repairs
Features/Benefits
• Rapid-setting for turnaround in less than one hour • Versatility in thickness from 1/2” (12 mm) to 8” (20
• Suitable for both interior and exterior applications cm) when extended with aggregate
• Durable under freeze-thaw cycling and salt ­ • May be placed down to 0oF (-17oC)
exposure Can contribute to LEED points

Technical Information
Typical Engineering Data*
Compressive Strength ASTM C 109, 2” (50 mm) cubes Bond Strength ASTM C 882 (modified)
@720F (220C) 3 hours.......................................1,000 psi (7 MPa)

Euco-Speed MP
Age Strength 1 day...........................................1,300 psi (9 MPa)
2 hours.................................... 3,500 psi (24 MPa) 3 days.......................................1,500 psi (10 MPa)
3 hours.....................................5,000 psi (35 MPa) 7 days.......................................1,600 psi (11 MPa)
6 hours.....................................5,500 psi (38 MPa) 28 days.....................................1,700 psi (12 MPa)
1 day.........................................6,000 psi (41 MPa)
Wheel Traffic......................................1 to 2 hours
3 days.......................................6,500 psi (45 MPa)
7 days.......................................7,000 psi (48 MPa) Setting Time (Gillmore Needles)
28 days.....................................7,500 psi (52 MPa) Initial Set................................................ 8 to12 min
Final Set........................................... 12 to 20 min
Flexural Strength ASTM C 78
4 hours.......................................400 psi (2.8 MPa) * All testing was conducted on neat material under controlled
3 days.........................................500 psi (3.4 MPa) laboratory conditions. Do not expect similar compressive
strength results using cylinder type molds. Also, strengths will
Freeze/Thaw Resistance ASTM C-666 Procedure A be affected by the amount and type of aggregate added to
500 Cycles............ 93% relative dynamic modulus extend EUCO-SPEED MP.

Appearance: EUCO-SPEED MP is a free flowing powder as packaged. After mixing and placing, the color may initially
appear slightly darker than the surrounding concrete. While this color will lighten up substantially as the concrete
cures and dries out, the repair may always appear somewhat darker than the surrounding concrete.

Packaging/yield
Master Format #:
03 01 30.71
EUCO-SPEED MP is available in 50 lb (22.7 kg) bags or pails. Yield: Approximately 0.42 ft3 (0.012 m3) of mortar
when mixed with 0.45 gal (1.7 L) of water. For areas deeper than 1” (25.4 mm), EUCO-SPEED MP must be
extended with up to 30 lb (13.6 kg) of 3/8” (9.5 mm) pea gravel*. Yield will increase to approximately 0.57 ft3
(0.016 m3) per unit. * Use only dust free, properly graded hard aggregate. Never extend EUCO-SPEED MP with limestone
or aggregate containing limestone.

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened package

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
165
Specifications/compliances
ASTM C 928, Standard Specifications for Packaged, Dry, Rapid-Hardening Cementitious Materials for Concrete Repair.

Coverage
One unit of EUCO-SPEED MP will cover approximately 10 ft2 (0.93 m2) when placed at an average depth of 1/2”
(13 mm). When one unit of material is extended with 30 lb (13.6 kg) of 3/8” (9.5 mm) pea gravel, the mixed
material will cover 13.7 ft2 (1.3 m2) when placed at an average depth of 1/2” (13 mm).

Directions for Use


Surface Preparation: Concrete surfaces must be structurally sound, free of loose or deteriorated concrete and
free of dust, dirt, paint, efflorescence, oil and all other contaminants. Mechanically abrade the surface to achieve
a surface profile equal to CSP 5-7 in accordance with ICRI Guideline 310.2. Properly clean profiled area.
Priming: Clean and prime exposed steel using a spray or brush coat of DURAPREP A.C.
Bonding: EUCO-SPEED MP requires no bond coat.
Mixing: Single bags may be mixed with a drill and “jiffy” mixer. Use a paddle type mortar mixer for large jobs.
Add the appropriate amount of water for the batch size and then add the EUCO-SPEED MP. The amount of
water to be mixed with EUCO-SPEED MP is critical. Add between 0.4 to 0.5 gal (1.5 to 1.9 L) of water per
50 lb (22.7 kg) unit. Mix material for about 2 minutes. The mixed material should be quickly transported to the
repair area and placed immediately. For patches greater than 1” (25 mm) in depth, pea gravel must be used.
Add the pea gravel (up to 30 lb (13.6 kg)) after the neat material has mixed, mix for 1 additional minute. In hot
weather, greater than 85oF (29oC), the use of EUCO-SPEED MP HOT WEATHER is recommended. For large
placements, regardless of the temperature, EUCO-SPEED MP HOT WEATHER is recommended along with the
use of cold water to extend setting time.
Placement: EUCO-SPEED MP requires a minimum depth of 1/2” (13 mm). Spread with a trowel, screed, come-
a-long or square tipped shovel to a thickness that matches the surrounding concrete. EUCO-SPEED MP sets
quickly; the time available for placement and finishing will be very limited.
Finishing: Finish EUCO-SPEED MP to the desired float or broom finish texture. Do not add additional water to
the surface during the finishing operation.
Curing and Sealing: EUCO-SPEED MP is self-curing; no curing is need of this product.

Clean-Up
Clean tools and equipment with water before the material hardens.

Precautions/Limitations
• DUE TO THE CHEMICAL NATURE OF EUCO-SPEED MP, DO NOT LET IT COME IN CONTACT WITH
GALVANIZED STEEL.
• Do not overwater.
• As EUCO-SPEED MP cures, a chemical reaction generates excessive heat. Mixed material must be maintained
at or below 180oF (82oC) if satisfactory results are to be expected.
• Although EUCO-SPEED MP may be used down to 0°F (-17°C), the material must be stored at a room
temperature of 60o-70°F (16o-21°C) for at least 24 hours prior to use.
• Do not add sand or cement.
• Do not place EUCO-SPEED MP over an ice covered substrate.
• When mixing in an enclosed area, provide adequate ventilation.
• Do not featheredge.
• For repairs deeper than 1” (25 mm), pea gravel must be used to extend the product.
• No heavy traffic until the product has reached a minimum of 2,000 psi (13.8 MPa).
• Do not place over carbonated concrete. All carbonation must be removed to assure a good bond.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
166
CONCRETE BLASTER

Miscellaneious products
High Performance Equipment Cleaner

Description
CONCRETE BLASTER is a patented liquid with the ability to remove hardened, built-up concrete from tools
and equipment. It is designed to eliminate the need for sand blasting, bushhammering and jack-hammering
hardened concrete from equipment.

Primary Applications
• Ready mix trucks • Floats
• Transport buggies • Concrete forms
• Trowels • Precast forms
• Troweling machines • Concrete and mortar mixers
• Screeds • Other concrete placing equipment

Features/Benefits
• Ready to use - no mixing required
• Biodegradable - used material need not be recycled
• Reduces the related costs of sand blasting and chip-hammering
• Reduces labor costs and equipment damage normally associated with removing built-up, hardened concrete
Technical Information
Appearance: CONCRETE BLASTER is a clear liquid with a slight amber cast. When applied to concrete the product

CONCRETE BLASTER
will foam slightly. CONCRETE BLASTER will not affect the appearance of typical equipment used in the concrete
industry.

Packaging
CONCRETE BLASTER is packaged in 275 gal (1041 L) totes, 55 gal (208 L) drums, and 5 gal (18.9 L) pails.

Shelf Life
2 years in original, unopened container.

Specifications/Compliances
• Biological Oxygen Demand (B.O.D.) Test - F factor (0.28): Biodegradable
• Regulation by D.O.T. and I.M.O.: Non-Regulated

Coverage
Approximately 3 gal (11.4 L) of CONCRETE BLASTER will be required to clean the typical rear exterior of a ready
mix truck. This assumes an average depth of built-up concrete of 1/2” (13 mm).

Master Format #:
Directions for Use 03 01 30.51

Surface Preparation: CONCRETE BLASTER works best when applied to dry concrete.
Mixing: CONCRETE BLASTER is packaged ready to use. No pre-mixing is required. Do not dilute.
Application: To remove hardened concrete, apply CONCRETE BLASTER directly to the area to be cleaned
with a brush or pump-up type sprayer. THE CONCRETE SURFACE MUST BE THOROUGHLY SATURATED.
Allow CONCRETE BLASTER to remain on the concrete until the cement matrix becomes soft to the touch. The
minimum recommended time is 20 minutes but treated concrete may be left to react overnight. The product will
continue to attack the cement matrix even after the foaming action has subsided.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
167
After the concrete has softened, re-apply CONCRETE BLASTER and allow to remain on the surface for
approximately 10 minutes. Remove concrete with a scraper. If additional concrete remains, subsequent
applications may be necessary. The final application may be removed by power washing. Concrete buildup
of 1/4” (6 mm) or more will require multiple applications. If treated concrete will set overnight, apply additional
CONCRETE BLASTER the next morning to re-soften the concrete. Leave the fresh application on 10 to 15
minutes. Then, remove softened concrete as stated above.
Regular maintenance: CONCRETE BLASTER may be used on a regular basis to remove concrete build-up.

Clean-Up
Clean tools and equipment with soap and water.

Precautions/Limitations
• Though CONCRETE BLASTER is a relatively safe product to use, always wear protective clothing (rubber
gloves, eye protection, etc.).
• Do not dilute or effectiveness will be greatly diminished.
• CONCRETE BLASTER contains a mild organic acid which may oxidize certain metals if left in contact for long
periods of time. After the concrete residue has softened, complete the removal and thoroughly flush the area
with clean water.
• Concrete surface must be dry.
• Do not allow this product to freeze.
• The effectiveness of CONCRETE BLASTER is reduced in cold weather.
• Protect concrete floors or driveways from spillage.
• A small area should be tested to ensure against staining of paint finishes.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
168
DEHYDRATINE 75

Miscellaneious products
EMULSIFIED ASPHALT DAMPROOFING COMPOUND

Description
DEHYDRATINE 75 is a VOC compliant, water-based compound designed to dampproof concrete and masonry.
The DEHYDRATINE formulation is derived from mineral colloid, asphalt-based clay emulsions, which utilize a
water carrier. It can be used above and below grade. DEHYDRATINE 75 is highly effective and is easily applied
by trowel or spray.

Features/Benefits
DEHYDRATINE 75 is an effective dampproofing product on roofing materials such as fiber glass fabric and
metal (see Roofing under Application Techniques). DEHYDRATINE 75 can be used over most metals to protect
against rust and corrosion. It has good weathering and abrasion resistance. It resists flow or sag even when
exposed to high ambient temperatures. Other advantages include:
• Solvent free
• Environmentally safe
• Adheres tenaciously to damp or “green” surfaces
• Breathes to allow water vapor to escape and reduce blistering
• Flexible and will not crack as a result of normal contraction & expansion
• Asbestos free

Specifications/Compliances
ASTM D 1227 Type III Appearance: DEHYDRATINE 75 is black.

DEHYDRATINE 75
ASTM D 1187 Type I

Packaging
DEHYDRATINE 75 is packaged in 5 gal (18.9 L) and 55 gal (208 L) containers.

Shelf Life
1 year in original, unopened package.

Coverage
The following coverage rates are approx­imate and for estimating purposes only. Surface temperature, porosity
and texture will determine actual material requirements:
One Coat Application ft²/gal (m²/L)
(not more than) 33 (0.81)
Two Coat Application

Master Format #:
1st coat 50 (1.23)
2nd coat 50 (1.23)
07 11 13

Directions
Directions for
for Use
Use
Surface Preparation: Surface must be structurally sound, clean, free of dust, dirt, mortar, residue curing and
parting compounds, and other contaminants. Use of wire brushes, sandblasting or other mechanical means is
recommended. Prior to application, surface defects, voids, joints or cracks must be properly sealed or filled. Dry
surfaces should be dampened with water and kept damp before application.

The Euclid Chemical Company


19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110
Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628 • Fax: [216] 531-9596
www.euclidchemical.com
169
Mixing: DEHYDRATINE 75 does not normally require mixing.
Application: Apply by soft bristle brush or suitable spray equipment at a rate of not more than 33 ft²/gal (.81
m²/L) in a single coat. When two coats are applied especially in hot weather when it may be difficult to keep the
surface damp, the first coat may be diluted with up to 10% of clean, cool water. The first coat should be dry to
the point where it is tacky to the touch before the second coat is applied. 
 ackfilling: Do not backfill until the film has dried (at least 24 to 48 hours after application). Backfilling should
B
be accomplished as soon as possible (after 24 to 48 hours) to protect the film from damage by outside sources.
Place backfill with care so that the film will not be ruptured.
Spraying: Use an air operated piston pump (such as Graco) with a 9:1 ratio and a pole gun with a 3/32" (0.2
cm) tip. A 3/4" (1.9 cm) ID material hose and a 1/2" (1.3 cm) ID air hose from the pump to the gun is preferred
for most applications.
 oofing: DEHYDRATINE 75 can be used with fiberglass fabric for built-up waterproofing and roofing applications.
R
DEHYDRATINE 75 has excellent rust inhibiting qualities and can be applied as a coating over metal roofs. It has
good weathering properties and resistance to corrosive fumes and smoke.

Clean-Up
Clean tools or equipment with mineral spirits immediately following use. Clean drips while still wet.
DEHYDRATINE 75 will not harm glass or metal by etching, pitting, or staining; however, it will leave a residue
which is easily removed with a clean cloth and petroleum based paint thinner. Stronger solvents may be required
to remove the residue if allowed to remain on the surface. Once final set has occurred, DEHYDRATINE 75 may
be impossible to remove from surfaces. Flush rubber surfaces with water immediately following contact with
DEHYDRATINE 75.

Precautions/Limitations
• Do not apply DEHYDRATINE 75 to surfaces that are to receive a concrete overlay or topping, or be sealed with
another type of sealer.
• Mask or protect the sides of joints that are to receive DEHYDRATINE 75.
• Applications of Dehydratine 75 at higher coverage rates than recommended above may result in improper
drying.
• Do not allow to freeze.
• In all cases, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet before use.

Rev. 8.11

WARRANTY: The Euclid Chemical Company (“Euclid”) solely and expressly warrants that its products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Unless authorized
in writing by an officer of Euclid, no other representations or statements made by Euclid or its representatives, in writing or orally, shall alter this warranty. EUCLID MAKES NO WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,
AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ORDINARY OR PARTICULAR PURPOSES OF ITS PRODUCTS AND EXCLUDES THE SAME. If any Euclid product fails to conform with this warranty, Euclid will replace the
product at no cost to Buyer. Replacement of any product shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available and buyer shall have no claim for incidental or consequential damages. Any warranty claim must be made within
one (1) year from the date of the claimed breach. Euclid does not authorize anyone on its behalf to make any written or oral statements which in any way alter Euclid’s installation information or instructions in its product
literature or on its packaging labels. Any installation of Euclid products which fails to conform with such installation information or instructions shall void this warranty. Product demonstrations, if any, are done for illustrative
purposes only and do not constitute a warranty or warranty alteration of any kind. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining the suitability of Euclid’s products for the Buyer’s intended purposes.
170
Partner products
Partner Products

Cellular Concrete Solutions


Cell Flow 173
Mearl Geofoam 174
Mearl transport 178
Foam Generators 181

MacLean Engineering
928 Bolter 183
Sprayers 184
SSB Bolter 185
Transmixer 186
Engineering Products 187
Utility vehicles 188
Ground Support 189
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
Measurement Conversions
Euclid Chemical
If You Have Multiply By To Find
Construction Products
inches 1000 mils
inches
Bonding Agents & Adhesives 25.4Concrete millimeters
Repair Mortars
inches
Acrylic additives
2.54 centimeters
Cathodic protection systems
inches
Anti-corrosion bonding
0.0254 meters
Epoxy based mortars

in 6,452 Horizontal,
cmvertical & underwater products
2 Dowel bar adhesives Fast setting 2mortars
Injection resins
in 2
Polyvinyl acetate primers 0.00694 ft 2
Self-leveling toppings and underlayments
in 3
Segmental bridge adhesives 0.554 Urethanefl.crackoz. menders
in 3
Structural concrete epoxy binders 0.01639 liters
in
3 Styrene butadiene copolymers 0.004329Dry Shakegallons US
Floor Hardeners
in
3 16.39 Light reflective
cm3 flooring
in 3
Curing and Curing & Sealing 0.00058 Metallic ftaggregate
3

ft 2
Compounds 144 Natural in
2
aggregate
ft  9729.03
2 Brown tinted sealers for exposed aggregate Non-oxidizing
cm2 metallic aggregate
ft /gal
2

Dissipating & removable curing compounds
0.02454High Performancem2/liter Coatings
ft 3 Sealers for decorative concrete 1728 Chemicalinresistant
Exempt solvent cure and seals 3
amine & novolac epoxies
ft Solvent & water based cure and seals0.02832 Elastomeric
3 m3 coatings
ft 3 0.037 Epoxy and ydpolyurethane
3
traffic deck systems
yard
Grouting Products 0.9144 High build meterepoxy floor systems
yd
2 Dry pack cementitious 0.8361 Industrialmtank2
liners
yd 3
Epoxy grouts 27 Penetrating
ft epoxy deck healers
3

yd
3 High flow cementitious 0.7646 UV resistant
m3 urethane topcoats
acres
Hydrophilic urethane grout 43,560 Water-based
ft2 acrylics
fl. oz.
Hydrophobic urethane grouts
1.805 in3
fl. oz. 0.03215 Cold weatherquartaccelerators
Metallic aggregate grouts Masonry Admixtures

fl. oz. Fillers & Sealants 0.00781 Coloringgallons US



Joint agents
fl. oz.
Epoxy control joint fillers 0.02957 liter
Integral water repellents
fl.
oz./cwt
Jet fuel resistant sealants 0.652 ml/kg
fl.
oz./cwt
Non-sag & self-leveling polyurethanes 65.2Penetrating ml/100Sealerskg &
fl.
oz./cwt
Pick-proof sealants 0.03868Liquid Densifiers
l/m 3

quart
Polysulfide sealants 32 ASR control
fl. oz. surface treatments
quart
Polyurea joint fillers and repair products 0.25  gallons US dustproofers
Magnesium silicofluoride
gallon US
231 incorrosion
Migratory 3 inhibitors
gallon US
Miscellaneous Products
4 Penetrating
quarts epoxy sealers
gallon US 128 Silicate,fl. oz.
Concrete cleaners Silane and siloxane water repellents
Evaporation retarders
gallon USrelease agents 3.785 liter
sodium & lithium densifiers
Form
gal/yd 3
Rebar coatings 4.951 liter/m3
lb 0.0005 ton US
lb
Waterproofing & Dampproofing 453.5924 g
lb
Cementitious coatings 0.4536 kg
lb/ft
2Emulsified asphalt dampproofing 4.88 kg/m
lb/ft
3
Migratory crystalline systems 16.02 kg/m3
lb/yd
3
Oxidizing metallic treatments 0.5933 kg/m3
psi 0.006895 Mpa
w/cRedwood
19218 ratio Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110 • Phone: [216] 11.3531-9222 • Toll-free:
gal water/bag
[800] 321-7628of •cement
Fax: [216] 531-9596
gal/water/bag of cement 0.0885
www.euclidchemical.com
w/c ratio
Measurement Conversions
Increte Systems Decorative
If You Have Multiply By To Find
Concrete Technology Products
inches 1000 mils
inches 25.4 millimeters
inches 2.54 centimeters
inches
Platform Tools/Formliners
0.0254Stamped Overlay meters Products
in
2 Rigid and Liners
6,452 cm
Thin-Crete 2
in
2 Texture Skins
0.00694 Bond-Crete ft2
in
3 Edge Forms
0.554 Antiquing fl. oz.
in
3 Architectural Wall Formliners 0.01639 liters
in3 0.004329Sprayed Overlay gallons US Products
in 3
Concrete Color 16.39 cm
Spray-Deck 3

in
3 Hardener 0.00058 ft3
Texture-Crete
ft Releases
2
144 Liquid Dispersion
in2
ft 2 Integral Powder 9729.03 Increte Weld cm2 Crack Repair
ft /gal
2 Integral Liquid 0.02454 m2/liter
ft3 1728Overlay and in3 Custom Adhesive
ftStains and Dyes
3 0.02832Stencils m3
ft 3 Stain-Crete (Acid Base) 0.037 Neoprene ydPattern
3 Stencils
yard
Stone-Essence (Water Base) 0.9144 Vinyl (Staining)
meter Stencils
yd 2
Vibra-Stain (Concentrated Dye) 0.8361 Sandblast m2Stencils
yd 3
Stain Sealer 27 ft3
yd3 0.7646Self-Leveling/Micro-Topping/
m3
acres
Finishing Aids 43,560Vertical Overlayft2
fl.
oz. Delay 1.805 New-Crete in3
fl.
oz. Retarder 0.03215 Micro-Crete quart
fl.
oz. Trowel Glide 0.00781 Thin-Crete gallons US
Vertical
fl. oz. 0.02957 liter
fl. oz./cwtand Protective Coatings0.652Specialtyml/kg
Sealers Cleaners
fl. oz./cwt
Water & Solvent Based 65.2 Degreaserml/100 kg
fl. oz./cwt
Cure and Seals
0.03868 Stripperl/m 3

quart
VOC compliant
32 Solvent fl. oz.
quart 0.25 gallons US
gallon US 231Miscellaneous in3 Products
gallon US
Specialty Coatings
4 Densifierquarts
gallon
Epoxy
US 128 Slip-Resistant
fl. oz.Additives
gallon US
Urethane
3.785 Epoxy VinylliterChip System
gal/yd
Wax 3 4.951 liter/m3
lb 0.0005 ton US
lb 453.5924 g
lb 0.4536 kg
lb/ft2 4.88 kg/m
lb/ft 3 16.02 kg/m3
lb/yd 3
0.5933 kg/m3
psi 0.006895 Mpa
w/cGunn
1611 ratio 11.3
Highway • Odessa, FL 33556 • Phone: [813] gal water/bag
886-8811 • Toll-free: [800] 752-4626of cement
• Fax: [813] 920-1516
gal/water/bag of cement 0.0885
www.increte.com
w/c ratio

Measurement Conversions
Euclid Chemical Mining and
If You Have
Tunneling ProductsMultiply By To Find
inches 1000 mils
inches 25.4 millimeters
inches 2.54 centimeters
inches
Dry Shotcrete
0.0254Wet Shotcrete meters
in
2 Euco Diamond Shot 6,452 cm2
Accelerators
in
2 Eucoshot series
0.00694 ft2 and set stabilizers
Retarders
in
3 • alkali free 0.554 Superplasticizers
fl. oz.
in 3
• silica fume modified 0.01639 Lubricatinglitersadmixtures
in
3 • latex modified 0.004329 Pumping gallons
aids US
in 3
• fiber reinforced 16.39 cm 3

in 3
2 Accelerators 0.00058Rock Support ft3
ft 144 Cartridges
in2
Binder mixes
ft2 9729.03 cm2
ft /gal
2 0.02454PatchingmProducts 2/liter

ftGrout
3 1728 Overhead in3
ft Cable grout
3 0.02832 Rapid Setting
m3
ft 3 Cementitious grout 0.037 Latex modified
yd3
yard
Epoxy grout 0.9144 meter
yd 2
Tremie grout 0.8361 m2
yd 3 27 ft3
Miscellaneous Products
yd 3
Backfill and annulus grouts
0.7646
m3
Micro-silica
acres
Water reducers
43,560 Fibers ft2
fl. oz. 1.805 Dust control
in3
fl. oz.
Set retarders 0.03215 Surfacequart hardeners
fl. oz.
Accelerators 0.00781 gallons
Equipment US
cleaners
fl.
oz. Superplasticizers 0.02957 Anti-corrosion
liter coatings
fl. oz./cwt 0.652 Urethane ml/kgsealants
fl. oz./cwt
Form Release and Finishing 65.2 ml/100 kg
fl.
oz./cwt
Evaporation retardants 0.03868 l/m 3

quart
Bio-degradable form release 32 fl. oz.
quart 0.25 gallons US
gallon US 231 in3
gallon US 4 quarts
gallon US 128 fl. oz.
gallon US 3.785 liter
gal/yd3 4.951 liter/m3
lb 0.0005 ton US
lb 453.5924 g
lb 0.4536 kg
lb/ft2 4.88 kg/m
lb/ft 3 16.02 kg/m3
lb/yd 3
0.5933 kg/m3
psi 0.006895 Mpa
w/cRedwood
19218 ratio Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110 • Phone: [216]
11.3531-9222 • Toll-free:
gal water/bag of •cement
[800] 321-7628 Fax: [216] 531-9596
gal/water/bag of cement 0.0885
www.euclidchemical.com
w/c ratio
Measurement Conversions
If You Have Multiply By To Find
inches 1000 mils
inches 25.4 millimeters
inches 2.54 centimeters
inches 0.0254 meters
in2 6,452 cm2
in2 0.00694 ft2
in3 0.554 fl. oz.
in3 0.01639 liters
in3 0.004329 gallons US
in3 16.39 cm3
in3 0.00058 ft3
ft2 144 in2
ft2 9729.03 cm2
ft2/gal 0.02454 m2/liter
ft3 1728 in3
ft3 0.02832 m3
ft3 0.037 yd3
yard 0.9144 meter
yd2 0.8361 m2
yd3 27 ft3
yd3 0.7646 m3
acres 43,560 ft2
fl. oz. 1.805 in3
fl. oz. 0.03215 quart
fl. oz. 0.00781 gallons US
fl. oz. 0.02957 liter
fl. oz./cwt 0.652 ml/kg
fl. oz./cwt 65.2 ml/100 kg
fl. oz./cwt 0.03868 l/m3
quart 32 fl. oz.
quart 0.25 gallons US
gallon US 231 in3
gallon US 4 quarts
gallon US 128 fl. oz.
gallon US 3.785 liter
gal/yd3 4.951 liter/m3
lb 0.0005 ton US
lb 453.5924 g
lb 0.4536 kg
lb/ft2 4.88 kg/m
lb/ft3 16.02 kg/m3
lb/yd3 0.5933 kg/m3
psi 0.006895 Mpa
w/c ratio 11.3 gal water/bag of cement
gal/water/bag of cement 0.0885 w/c ratio
Measurement Conversions
If You Have Multiply By To Find
g 0.0022 lbs
g 0.001 kg
liters 61.024 in3
mils 0.001 inches
millimeters ÷ 25.4 inches
centimeters 0.3937 inches
cm2 0.155 in2
meters 39.37 inches
cm2 0.155 in2
cm3 0.06102 in3
cm2 0.00108 ft2
m2/liter 40.75 ft2/gal
m3 35.314 ft3
meter 1.0936 yard
m2 1.196 yd2
m3 1.308 yd3
liter 33.8141 fl. oz.
ml/kg ÷ .6520 fl. oz./cwt
ml/100 kg ÷ 65.20 fl. oz./cwt
l/m3 ÷ .03868 fl. oz./yd3
liter ÷ 3.785 gallon US
liter/m3 ÷ 4.951 gal/yd3
g 0.0022 lb
kg 2.205 lb
kg/m3 ÷ 16.02 lb/ft3
kg/m3 ÷ .5933 lb/yd3
kg/m2 0.2048 lb/ft2
kg 1000 g
Mpa 145 psi
Water
Water weighs 8.345 lbs / gallon.
One cubic foot weighs 62.45 lbs.
One lb = 27.7 in3 = 0.1198 gallons.

Temperature Conversions
°C = (°F-32) x (5/9)
°F = (1.8 x °C) + 32
Note: 32°F = 0°C
212°F = 100°C

Sand
One yd3 of bulk sand weighs about 2,700 lbs.
One ft3 of bulk sand weighs about 100 lbs.
One gallon of bulk sand weighs about 13-14 lbs.
The specific gravity of sand is approximately 2.6.
Decimal Equivalents
1 / 16 = .0625 1 / 2 = .500
1 / 8 = .125 5 / 8 = .625
1 / 4 = .250 3 / 4 = .750
3 / 8 = .375 7 / 8 = .875

Volume and Area Formulas


Area of a square (or rectangle) = length x width
Circumference of a circle = radius x 2π
Area of a circle = (radius)2 x π
weight of material
Absolute volume = specific gravity x 62.4
Surface area of cylinder = π x diameter x length

Coverage yield of one yard of concrete at various


thicknesses.
Thickness (inches) Square Feet
1 324
2 162
3 108
4 81
5 65
6 54
7 46
8 40
9 36
10 32
ft / yd = 324 / depth (inches)
2
Type of Cements
Type I Portland cement- General purpose cement suitable for all uses where the special
properties of other types of cements are not required. Its uses include pavements,
floors, reinforced concrete buildings, tanks, reservoirs, pipes, masonry units, and
precast concrete products.

Type II Portland cement- Where structures will be exposed to elements exposed to


soil or ground waters where sulfate concentrations are higher than normal but not
unusually severe. Type II cement in concrete must be accompanied by the use of low
water to cementitious ratio and low permeability to control sulfate attack. Because of
the high degree of availability, the use of Type II cement is used in all types of
construction, regardless of the need for sulfate resistance or moderate heat generation.
Cements labeled Type I/II simply means that such cement meets the requirements of
both Type I and Type II.

Type III Portland cement- Type III cement provides strength at an early period, usually
a week or less. It is chemically similar to Type I cement except the particles have been
ground finer. Type III cement is used in cooler weather and where high early strengths
are desired.

Type IV Portland cement- Type IV cement is used where the rate and amount of heat
generated from hydration must be minimized. Strength development is slower than
other types of cement and is intended for use in massive structures such as gravity
dams. Type IV cement is rarely available.

Type V Portland cement- Type V cement is used in concrete exposed to severe sulfate
action-principally where soils or ground waters have high sulfate content. Type V
cement will gain strengths more slowly than Type I cements. To resist sulfate attack,
use Type V cement and a low water to cementitious ratio.

Type IA, IIA, and IIIA Portland cements- These cements correspond with Types I,
II, and III and have small quantities of air-entraining materials. These cements produce
concrete with improved resistance to freeze-thaw stresses. Air-entraining cements are
available in limited areas.

White Portland Cement- This Portland cement differs from grey cement chiefly in
color. White cement is used primarily for architectural purposes in structural walls,
precast and glass reinforced concrete (GFRC) facing panels, terrazzo surfaces, stucco,
cement paint, tile grout and decorative concrete.
Blended Hydraulic Cements
Type IS - Type IS is a portland blast-furnace slag cement that may be used in general
construction. The slag content is between 25-70% by mass. There are different types
with different characteristics such as A, MS, or MH.

Type IP and Type P - Type IP and Type P cements may be used for general construction
where early strengths are not required. These cements are manufactured by inter-
grinding portland cement clinker with a suitable pozzolan, by blending portland cement
or portland blast-furnace slag cement and a pozzolan, or by a combination of inter-
grinding and blending. The pozzolan content of these cements is between 15-40% by
mass.

Type I (PM) - Pozzolan modified portland cement is used in general concrete


construction. This cement is manufactured by combining portland cement, or portland
blast-furnace slag cement and a fine pozzolan. The pozzolan content is less than 15%
by mass.

Type S - Slag cement is used with portland cement to make concrete with lime for
mortar, but is not used alone in structural concrete. The minimum slag content is 70%
by mass.

Magnesium Phosphate cement - Magnesium phosphate cement is a rapid-setting,


early strength gain cement. It is usually used for special applications, such as repair
of pavements and concrete structures, or for resistance to certain aggressive chemicals.
It does not contain portland cement.

* Source- Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures, 14th edition Portland Cement
Association.
ASTM C-494 Classifications
Type A Water Reducing
Type B Retarding
Type C Accelerating
Type D Water Reducing and Retarding
Type E Water Reducing and Accelerating
Type F High Range Water Reducing
Type G High Range Water Reducing
and Retarding
Type S Specific Performance
Cold Weather Concreting Tips
The use of accelerating admixtures has extended the construction season through the
winter in North America. Specific precautions and curing methods are recommended
by The Euclid Chemical Company to ensure years of durability from your concrete.
Euclid Chemical offers the industry several chloride and non-chloride accelerators and
a freeze-resistant accelerator that will keep your construction project on schedule even
in 20°F (-6.7°C) temperatures.
Concrete will gain very little strength in cooler weather. If concrete freezes before
reaching 500 psi (3.5 Mpa), the hardened properties will be compromised. Concrete can
lose up to 50% of its potential strength if precautions are not taken to ensure cement
hydration continues.
The use of Type III portland cement will reduce the time required for the concrete to
reach initial set 500 psi (3.5 Mpa). Using Type III cement with an accelerating admixture
is a recommended but not necessary practice in cooler temperatures. Depending on the
project requirements, choose a calcium chloride or non-chloride accelerator. Non-chloride
accelerators are recommended for concrete that will come in contact with steel.
1. Always attend a pre-job conference and discuss the plan of action for cold weather
concreting. Include a local Euclid Chemical sales professional for technical
expertise.
2. In cooler weather, it is not recommended to use fly ash as a cement replacement.
Higher cement contents will be required to help generate the heat necessary for
concrete to cure. If the concrete temperature drops to 40°F (4.4°C), hydration
virtually stops.
3. Use warm water and heat your aggregates to get the concrete temperature as high
as you can. This will help the concrete reach initial set and expedite the finishing
process.
4. Protect the concrete from plastic shrinkage cracking with enclosures and
polypropylene fibers. If there are extremely windy conditions, protect the surface
from drying too quick and block the wind. Accelerators tend to “occupy” the
water in concrete and reduce bleed. If the bleed water does not keep up with
evaporation, tensile stresses on the surface of concrete will create plastic shrinkage
cracking. Fibers will minimize the plastic shrinkage cracking by up to 88%.
5. Discuss curing requirements with your local Euclid Chemical sales professional.
The use of heating blankets is highly recommended. Any heater burning a fossil
fuel will produce carbon dioxide. When carbon dioxide combines with calcium
hydroxide on the surface of fresh concrete, it will interfere with cement hydration
causing carbonation.
6. It is not recommended to pour concrete if temperatures drop below 20°F (-6.7°C)
for a significant period of time.
Hot Weather Concreting Tips
Extreme temperatures, whether hot or cold, can cause serious problems with the strength
development and durability of concrete. Understanding how concrete reacts to extreme
weather conditions and how to combat nature will enable concrete producers to ensure
durable, high quality product for their customers.
The Euclid Chemical Company recommends keeping concrete temperatures below 90°F
(32°C) to prevent problems associated with hot weather. Keeping your aggregate piles
and water as cool as possible is the easiest way to lower concrete temperatures. The
following suggestions will help make your hot weather concreting successful:
1. Discuss hot weather concreting procedures during the preconstruction conference.
2. Contact your local Euclid Chemical sales professional for appropriate hot weather
admixtures such as retarders, ASTM Type B & D water reducers, and
superplasticizers such as Eucon 37, Eucon SP, Eucon RD1, Eucon RD2, or Eucon
537.
3. Expedite the discharge of concrete by providing sufficient slump through the use
of admixtures. Remember, adding water will compromise the strength and
durability by lowering the hardened properties of the concrete.
4. Use polypropylene fibers to control plastic shrinkage cracking. This will prevent
surface cracking during windy, hot conditions.
5. Never use water on the surface of the concrete to aid in finishing. The Euclid
Chemical Company offers Eucobar, evaporation retardant and finishing aid. Using
water to aid in finishing will increase the water to cement ratio on the surface of
concrete, which will lower compressive strengths and could cause dusting.
6. If needed, pour concrete during cooler weather, such as nighttime.
7. Use a curing agent manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company, which meets
ASTM C-309. Discuss curing options with a Euclid sales professional.
International Offices
CANADA
Euclid Canada
Ontario, Canada
Telephone: 416-747-7107
Facsimile: 416-747-9970

Quebec, Canada
Telephone: 450-465-2233
Facsimile: 450-465-2140

CENTRAL AMERICA
Euclid Costa Rica
San Jose, Costa Rica
Telephone: 506-257-4373
Facsimile: 506-257-4387

SOUTH AMERICA
Euclid Toxement
Bogota, Colombia
Telephone: 57-1-368-3188
Facsimile: 57-1-368-0887
www.toxement.com.co

Euclid CAVE
Santiago, Chile
Telephone: 56-2-270-9900
Facsimile: 56-2-270-9980
www.productoscave.com

MEXICO
Euclid México
México City, México
Telephone: 52-55-58649970
Facsimile: 52-55-58649977
www.eucomex.com.mx

WEST INDIES/CARIBBEAN
Daytona Beach, Florida
Telephone: 727-423-3019
Facsimile: 386-304-0462

19218 Redwood Rd. • Cleveland, OH 44110


Phone: [216] 531-9222 • Toll-free: [800] 321-7628
Fax: [216] 531-9596

www.euclidchemical.com

You might also like